title: Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 of 11 March 2015 implementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles  Text with EEA relevance

text:
               28.3.2015

               EN

               Official Journal of the European Union

               L 85/1

         COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2015/504
   of 11 March 2015
   implementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles
   (Text with EEA relevance)
   THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
   Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
   Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 February 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of agricultural or forestry vehicles (1), and in particular Article 22(4), Article 24(4), Article 25(2), (3), and (6), Article 27(1), Article 33(2), Article 34(3), Article 35(4), Article 45(2), Article 46(3) and Article 53(8) thereof,
   Whereas:

               (1)

               This Regulation sets out the detailed administrative requirements regarding the templates for the information folder and for the information document; the template for the certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics and on access to repair and maintenance information; the templates for the certificate of conformity; the models for the manufacturer's statutory plate and the models for the EU type-approval mark; the templates for the EU type-approval certificate and the template for the list of applicable requirements or acts appended to the EU type-approval certificate; the numbering system of EU type-approval certificates; the template for the test results sheet appended to the EU type-approval certificate; the general requirements for the format of test reports; the list of parts and equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems; all aspects related to the procedure of authorisation for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems as well as the template for the certificate for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems; the numbering system of certificates for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems.

               (2)

               As opposed to Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (2), Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 provides for a complete set of requirements in order to apply for EU whole-vehicle type-approval for all categories of agricultural and forestry vehicles. The administrative templates to be used in the EU type-approval procedures should be provided.

               (3)

               New technologies have been introduced in vehicles since the templates used in type-approval procedures were laid down in Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council. The templates used in the EU type-approval procedures should be adapted as a result.

               (4)

               To indicate which procedure has been chosen by the manufacturer when applying for type-approval, a new template for an ‘information folder sheet’ should be introduced.

               (5)

               In order to ensure reasonable access for independent operators to vehicle repair information, including information relating to on-board diagnostic systems and their interaction with other vehicle systems, manufacturers must provide non-discriminatory access to that information and submit proof of their compliance with that requirement to the approval authorities. A template for a corresponding manufacturer's certificate constituting such proof should be laid down.

               (6)

               Three templates for a certificate of conformity should be made available, corresponding to the type-approval procedures for complete, completed and incomplete vehicles.

               (7)

               In order to demonstrate that tractors type-approved with machinery mounted on them and R- and S-category vehicles provide a satisfactory level of safety, part of the documentation comprising the technical file for machinery set out Annex VII to Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (3) should be included in the information folder. In addition, the EC declaration of conformity of the machinery mounted should be attached to the certificate of conformity of the vehicle.

               (8)

               In order to simplify the most common EU type-approval certificate, a new template should be developed exclusively for EU whole-vehicle type-approval of a complete vehicle type, while for the other combinations of vehicle types, a different template of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate should be established.

               (9)

               A single template for the EU type-approval certificate applicable to any type of system should be established, in order to unify and simplify the templates formerly provided for in the separate Union directives for each type of system. For the same reasons, another single template should be established for components and separate technical units.

               (10)

               The numbering system of EU type-approval certificates, as provided for by Directive 2003/37/EC, should be modified to reflect the new structure of the acts containing the type-approval requirements with which conformity is to be certified.

               (11)

               To harmonise the presentation of the most relevant information from the testing of compliance with the technical requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation, a minimum set of general requirements for the format of the test reports should be established.

               (12)

               For the same purpose, technical services should use the templates of the test reports set out in the corresponding international regulation or EN/ISO standard as a guidance for drafting the test reports on technical requirements set out in the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 which are based on those laid down in international regulations or EN/ISO standards.

               (13)

               In order to limit the burden to the manufacturers, the presentation of test reports of certain components and separate technical units issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (4), Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (5), Regulation (EU) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (6) or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant that Regulation, should be accepted when applying for type-approvals under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 under the condition that neither the substantive requirements nor the requirements regarding the test procedures have changed since the execution of the test.

               (14)

               The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 69(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013,

         HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
   Article 1
   Subject matter
   This Regulation provides for the implementing measures referred to in Article 68 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 to establish uniform conditions for the implementation of the administrative requirements for the approval of new agricultural and forestry vehicles, as well as systems, components and separate technical units designed and constructed for such vehicles and for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle of for its environmental performance.
   Article 2
   Template for the information document and for the information folder
   Manufacturers applying for EU type-approval shall provide the information document and the information folder referred to in Article 22(1) and Article 22(2)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 on the basis of the template set out in Annex I to this Regulation.
   Article 3
   Template for the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information
   Manufacturers concerned by Article 53(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 applying for EU type-approval shall provide the approval authority with a certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in accordance with Article 53(8) of that Regulation on the basis of the template set out in Annex II to this Regulation.
   Article 4
   Templates for the certificate of conformity
   Manufacturers shall issue the certificate of conformity referred to in Article 33(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the templates set out in Annex III to this Regulation.
   Article 5
   Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark
   Manufacturers shall issue the statutory plate and the EU type-approval mark referred to in Article 34(1) and (2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the models set out in Annex IV to this Regulation.
   Article 6
   Templates for the EU type-approval certificate
   Approval authorities shall issue the EU type-approval certificates referred to in Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the templates set out in Annex V to this Regulation.
   Article 7
   Numbering system of EU type-approval certificates
   EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with Annex VI.
   Article 8
   Template for the test results sheet
   Approval authorities shall issue the test results sheet referred to in Article 25(3)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the template set out in Annex VII to this Regulation.
   Article 9
   Format of test reports
   1.   The format of the test reports referred to in Article 27(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall comply with the general requirements set out in Annex VIII to this Regulation.
   2.   Existing test reports for components and separate technical units issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Directive 2007/46/EC, Directive 97/68/EC, Regulation (EU) No 595/2009 or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant that Regulation, shall be accepted for the purposes of type-approval under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 under the condition that neither the substantive requirements nor the requirements regarding the test procedures have changed since the execution of the test. Test reports fulfilling these conditions shall be listed in Annex VIII to this Regulation.
   Article 10
   List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
   The list of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 is set out in Annex IX to this Regulation.
   Article 11
   Template for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
   Approval authorities shall issue the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 46(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the template set out in Annex X to this Regulation.
   Article 12
   Numbering system of certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
   Certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall be numbered in accordance with Annex XI.
   Article 13
   Entry into force and application
   This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
   It shall apply from 1 January 2016.

      This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
      Done at Brussels, 11 March 2015.

            For the Commission

            The President

         Jean-Claude JUNCKER

      (1)  OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 1.

      (2)  Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on type-approval of agricultural or forestry tractors, their trailers and interchangeable towed machinery, together with their systems, components and separate technical units and repealing Directive 74/150/EEC (OJ L 171, 9.7.2003, p. 1).

      (3)  Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (OJ L 157, 9.6.2006, p. 24).

      (4)  Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 September 2007 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles (Framework Directive) (OJ L 263, 9.10.2007, p. 1).

      (5)  Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 1997 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery (OJ L 59, 27.2.1998, p. 1).

      (6)  Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC (OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1).

      LIST OF ANNEXES

                  Annex Number

                  Annex title

                  Page

                  I

                  Template for the information document and for the information folder

                  7

                  II

                  Template for the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information

                  132

                  III

                  Templates for the certificate of conformity

                  135

                  IV

                  Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

                  155

                  V

                  Templates for the EU type-approval certificate

                  161

                  VI

                  Numbering system of EU type-approval certificates

                  180

                  VII

                  Template for the test results sheet

                  184

                  VIII

                  Format of test reports

                  188

                  IX

                  List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                  193

                  X

                  Template for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                  194

                  XI

                  Numbering system of certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                  197

      ANNEX I

         Template for the information document and for the information folder

         List of Appendices

                  Appendix Number

                  Appendix title

                  Page

                  1

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of an engine/engine family system

                  64

                  2

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an external sound level system

                  75

                  3

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU

                  78

                  4

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver information system

                  89

                  5

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system

                  90

                  6

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an electro-magnetic compatibility system

                  92

                  7

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of audible warning device(s) system

                  93

                  8

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of rear-view mirror as a system

                  94

                  9

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of a crawler undercarriage system

                  96

                  10

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies as a STU

                  100

                  11

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of ballast masses as a component/STU

                  101

                  12

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a lateral and/or rear protective structure as a component/STU

                  102

                  13

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a tyre as a component

                  103

                  14

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a mechanical coupling as a component/STU

                  104

                  15

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a braking system

                  106

                  16

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver's exposure to noise level system

                  113

                  17

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a seat-belt anchorages system

                  114

                  18

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a protection against hazardous substances system

                  117

                  19

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) as a STU

                  118

                  20

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a falling objects protective structure (FOPS) as a STU

                  121

                  21

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a driver's seat as a component/STU

                  123

                  22

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a safety belt as a component/STU

                  125

                  23

                  Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a protection against penetrating objects (OPS) as a STU

                  127

                  24

                  Manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device

                  128

            PART A

         INFORMATION FOLDER

      1.   General requirements

      1.1.   When applying for EU type-approval for a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, the manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, an information folder which shall contain the following:

                  (a)

                  a list of contents;

                  (b)

                  the information on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 20(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the template for which is set out in point 2 (information folder sheet);

                  (c)

                  the information document as set out in Part B of this Annex;

                  (d)

                  all relevant data, drawings, photographs and other information as required in the information document;

                  (e)

                  the manufacturer's certificate providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information as referred to in Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and set out in Annex II to this Regulation;

                  (f)

                  for tractors type-approved with machinery mounted on them and for R- and S-category vehicles, a document setting out the contents of the EC declaration of conformity in accordance with the national provisions implementing Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, not necessarily including the serial number and the signature;
                  if requested by the approval authority, the manufacturer shall provide in addition any relevant documentation contained in the technical file of the machinery set out in Annex VII to that Directive, especially:

                              —

                              the standards and other technical specifications used, indicating the essential health and safety requirements covered by these standards,

                              —

                              any technical report giving the results of the tests carried out either by the manufacturer or by a body chosen by the manufacturer or his authorised representative;

                  (g)

                  any additional information requested by the approval authority as part of the approval procedure.

                  (h)

                  the manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device as referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and in point 4.3.2 of Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 (1) according to the model established in Appendix 24 to this Annex;

                  (i)

                  For vehicles equipped with (an) electrical/electronic device(s) which limit its propulsion performance, data and evidence to demonstrate that modification or disconnection of the device or its wiring system will not increase the propulsion performance.

            1.2.   Applications submitted on paper shall be in triplicate. Any drawings shall be to an appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4 sheets or in a folder of A4 format. Photographs (if any) shall show sufficient detail.
      1.3.   Information concerning the performance of complex electronic vehicle control systems listed in Appendix 2 to Annex XXIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 (2) shall be provided.
      2.   Template of the information folder sheet.

                     Information

                     on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 20(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

                     Information folder sheet

                  A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
                  The undersigned: […(full name and position)]
                  Company name and address of the manufacturer (4): …
                  Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any) (4): …
                  Hereby applies for type-approval procedure:

                              (a)

                              step-by-step type-approval (1)

                              (b)

                              single-step type-approval (1)

                              (c)

                              mixed type-approval (1)

                        Where procedures (a) or (c) are chosen, compliance with requirements as under (b) is declared for all systems, components and separate technical units.
                  Multi-stage type-approval chosen in accordance with Article 20(5) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013: yes/no (1)

                     Information on the vehicle(s) to be filled in, if application is for EU whole-vehicle type-approval:

                  1.1   Make (trade name of the manufacturer) (4): …
                  1.2.   Type (2): …
                  1.2.1.   Variant(s) (2): …
                  1.2.2.   Version(s) (2): …
                  1.2.3   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
                  1.2.4.   Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) (4): …
                  1.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (3): …
                  Applies for type-approval of:

                              (a)

                              a complete vehicle type (1)

                              (b)

                              completed vehicle type (1)

                              (c)

                              an incomplete vehicle type (1)

                              (d)

                              a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants (1)

                              (e)

                              a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants (1)

                     Information to be filled in, if application is for type-approval of a system/component/separate technical unit(1):

                  2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
                  2.2.   Type (5): …
                  2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
                  2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): … (1):
                  …
                  2.8.   Virtual and/or self-testing (1)
                  2.8.1.   Overview list with virtual and/or self-tested systems, components or separate technical units pursuant to Article 27(4) and Article 60 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013:

                     Overview table virtual and/or self-testing

                              Delegated act reference

                              Annex No

                              Requirement

                              Restrictions/Comments

                        2.8.2.   Detailed report on validation of virtual and/or self-testing added: yes/no (1)
                  Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Signature: …
                  Name and position in the company: …

         Explanatory notes relating to the information folder sheet

         (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the information folder sheet)

                     (1)

                  Delete if not applicable.

                     (2)

                  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                     (3)

                  Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                     (4)

                  In case of multi-stage type-approval supply this information for each stage(s).

                     (5)

                  For engines indicate the information relative to the engine type or the engine family type, as applicable.

            PART B

         INFORMATION DOCUMENT

      1.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
      1.1.   The information document shall have a reference number supplied by the applicant.
      1.2.   Where the particulars appearing in the information document for vehicle approval have changed, the manufacturer shall submit revised pages to the approval authority showing clearly the nature of the change(s) and the date of re-issue.
      2.   TYPE-APPROVAL OF VEHICLES
      2.1.   All information documents shall contain the following:

                  —

                  the matrix in point 2.2 to identify the versions and variants of the vehicle intended for type-approval,

                  —

                  a list of items applicable to the (sub-)category and to the technical characteristics of the vehicle from which content has been extracted, adhering to the numbering system of the total list set out in point 5.

            2.2.   Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in point 5 within the versions and variants of the vehicle type

         Variants and version matrix

                  Item No

                  All

                  Version 1

                  Version 2

                  Version 3

                  Version n

            2.2.1.   A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.
      2.2.2.   Entries with no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be listed in the column headed ‘All’.
      2.2.3.   The above information may be presented in an alternative format or merged with the information supplied under point 5.
      2.3   Type-, variant- and version designations
      2.3.1.   The manufacturer shall allocate an alphanumeric code to each vehicle type, variant and version, made up of Roman letters and/or Arabic numerals, which shall also be indicated in the certificate of conformity (see Annex III) of the vehicle concerned.
      The use of brackets and hyphens is permitted provided they do not replace a letter or a numeral.
      2.3.2.   The whole code shall be designated: Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’.
      2.3.3.   The TVV shall clearly and unequivocally identify a unique combination of technical features in relation to the criteria defined in Part B of this Annex.
      2.3.4.   The same manufacturer may use the same code in order to define a vehicle type when the latter falls in two or more categories.
      2.3.5.   The same manufacturer shall not use the same code in order to define a vehicle type for more than one type-approval within the same vehicle category.
      2.3.6.   Number of characters for the TVV

                  2.3.6.1.

                  The number of characters shall not exceed:

                              (a)

                              15 for the code of the vehicle type;

                              (b)

                              25 for the code of one variant;

                              (c)

                              35 for the code of one version.

                  2.3.6.2.

                  The complete alphanumeric ‘TVV’ shall not contain more than 75 characters.

                  2.3.6.3.

                  When the TVV is used as a whole, a space shall be left between the type, the variant and the version.
                  Example of such TVV: 159AF[… space]0054[… space]977K(BE).

            3.   TYPE-APPROVAL OF SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
      3.1.   For a system, component or separate technical unit as listed in Table 1-1 the manufacturer shall complete the applicable appendix to this Annex.
      In addition to the Annexes mentioned in Table 1-1, the systems, components and separate technical units shall comply with the following requirements:

                  (a)

                  arrangements for type-approval procedures (Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014)

                  (b)

                  conformity of production (CoP) (Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014))

                  (c)

                  access to repair and maintenance information (Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014)

         Table 1-1

         Lists of systems, components and separate technical units which may be subject to an EU type-approval

                     LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements

                  Appendix

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 (3)

                  Annex number

                  As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                  1

                  System: installation of an engine/engine family

                  II

                  2

                  System: external sound level

                  III

                  3

                  Component/STU: engine/engine family

                  I

                     LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements

                  Appendix

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208
                  Annex number

                  As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                  4

                  System: driver information

                  X

                  5

                  System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices

                  XII

                  6

                  System: electro-magnetic compatibility

                  XV

                  12

                  System: installation of audible warning device(s)

                  XVI

                  9

                  System: installation of rear-view mirrors

                  IX

                  8

                  System: installation of crawler undercarriage

                  XXXIII

                  10

                  STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies

                  XV

                  11

                  Component/STU: ballast masses

                  XXIII

                  12

                  Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure

                  XXVI

                  13

                  Component: tyre

                  XXX

                  14

                  Component/STU: mechanical coupling

                  XXXIV

                     LIST III — Vehicle braking requirements

                  Appendix

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (4)

                  Annex number

                  As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                  15

                  System: braking

                  II

                     LIST IV — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements

                  Appendix

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014
                  Annex number

                  As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                  17

                  System: driver's exposure to noise level

                  XIII

                  18

                  System: seat-belt anchorages

                  XVIII

                  19

                  System: protection against hazardous substances

                  XXIX

                  20

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS)

                  VI/VII/VIII/IX/X

                  21

                  STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)

                  XI

                  22

                  Component/STU: driver's seat

                  XIV

                  23

                  Component/STU: safety belts

                  XIX

                  24

                  STU: protection against penetrating objects (OPS)

                  XX

            4.   TYPE-APPROVAL NUMBERS OR TEST REPORTS NUMBERS OF THE APPLICABLE SUBJECTS
      4.1.   The manufacturer shall supply the information required by Table 1-2 in respect of the applicable subjects for the vehicle set out in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. All relevant approvals and test reports (if available) for each subject shall be included. However, information in respect of systems, components or separate technical units need not be given here so long as such information is included in the correspondent approval certificate.

         Table 1-2

         Type-approval number and test report overview

                  Item number and subject

                  Type-approval number or test report number (7)

                  Date of issue of the type-approval or of its extension or of the test report

                  Member State or contracting party (5) issuing the type-approval (6) or technical service issuing the test report (7)

                  Reference to the regulatory act and its latest amendment

                  Variant(s)/version(s)

                     e.g. ‘36 ROPS (track laid)’

            Signed: …
      Position in company: …
      Date: …
      4.2.   For those subjects referred to in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 whose approvals have been granted in accordance with Directive 97/68/EC, Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 or the UNECE regulations referred to in Article 49 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (UNECE approvals), or are based on complete test reports issued on the basis of the OECD standard Codes as an alternative to the test reports drawn up under that Regulation and the delegated acts adopted pursuant to it, the manufacturer shall supply the information required in point 5 only if it is not already provided in the correspondent approval certificate and/or test report. However, the information referred to in the certificate of conformity (Annex III to this Regulation) shall be supplied in any case.
      5.   INFORMATION DOCUMENT DATA ENTRIES
      A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

      1.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING VEHICLES
      1.1.   Make (trade name of manufacturer) (18): …
      1.2.   Type (17): …
      1.2.1   Variant(s) (17): …
      1.2.2   Version(s) (17): …
      1.2.3.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
      1.2.4.   Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) (3) (18): …
      1.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (2): …
      1.4.   Company name and address of manufacturer (18): …
      1.4.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
      1.4.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
      1.5.   Manufacturer's statutory plate(s)

      1.5.1.   Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate (18): …
      1.5.2.   Method of attachment (18): …
      1.5.3.   Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate (completed example with dimensions) (18): …
      …
      1.6.   Vehicle identification number

      1.6.1.   Location of the vehicle identification number on the chassis: …
      1.6.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the vehicle identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
      1.6.1.1.   The vehicle identification number of the type begins with: …
      2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
      2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
      2.2.   Type (49): …
      2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
      2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
      2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
      2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
      2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
      2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
      2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
      2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

      2.4.1.   Type (17): …
      2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
      2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
      2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
      2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
      2.5.   Additional general information for engines

      2.5.1.   Type-approval of: engine type/engine family (4): …
      2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification):
      2.5.3.   Commercial description of the parent- and (if applicable) of the family engine: …
      2.5.4.   Additional marks for engines

      2.5.4.1.   Location, coding and method of affixing the engine identification number: …
      2.5.4.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the engine identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
      3.   GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
      3.1.   Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
      3.2.   Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
      3.3.   For T- and C-category vehicles:

      3.3.1.   Number of axles and wheels: …
      3.3.2.   Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
      3.3.3.   Number and position of steered axles (23): …
      3.3.4.   Number and position of powered axles (23): …
      3.3.5.   Number and position of braked axles (23): …
      3.4.   For C-category vehicles

      3.4.1.   Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
      3.4.2.   Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
      3.4.3.   Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …
      3.4.4.   Steering for C-category vehicles

      3.4.4.1.   Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      3.4.4.2.   Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      3.4.4.3.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      3.4.4.4.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      3.4.5.   Mean Ground Contact Pressure, P: … MPa
      3.5.   Chassis

      3.5.1.   Chassis overall drawing: …
      3.5.2.   For T- and C-category vehicles, type of chassis: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
      3.5.3.   For R- and S-category vehicles, type of chassis: drawbar/rigid drawbar/centre-axle/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
      3.6.   Material used for the bodywork: …
      3.7.   Position and arrangement of the engine: …
      3.8.   Position of the steering wheel: left/right/centre (4): …
      3.9.   Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (4) -hand traffic and in countries that use metric/metric and imperial units in the speedometer (4);
      3.10.   T- or C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications: yes/no (4)
      3.11.   T- or C-category vehicles equipped for protection against hazardous substances: yes/no (4)
      3.12.   For R- and S-category vehicles, type of braking: unbraked/inertia-braked/continuous braked/semi-continuous braked/hydraulic braked/pneumatic braked (4)
      4.   MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
      (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)
      4.1   Range of vehicle mass (overall)

      4.1.1.   Unladen mass

      4.1.1.1.   Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):

                  4.1.1.1.1.

                  Maximum: … kg (30)

                  4.1.1.1.2.

                  Minimum: … kg (30)

                  4.1.1.1.3.

                  Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg

                  4.1.1.1.4.

                  In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre- axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg

            4.1.2.   Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer

      4.1.2.1.   Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
      4.1.2.1.1   Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …:… kg
      4.1.2.1.2.   In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg
      4.1.2.1.3.   Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %
      4.1.2.2.   Mass(es) and tyre(s)

                  Tyre combination No

                  Axle No

                  Tyre dimension including load capacity index and speed category symbol

                  Rolling radius (1) [mm]

                  Rim Size

                  Off-set

                  Tyre Load rating per tyre [kg]

                  Maximum permissible mass per axle [kg] (8)

                  Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg] (8)

                  Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] (8)
                      (9)

                  Tyre pressure [kPa] (10)

                  On-road use

                  Off-road use

                  1

                  1

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  2

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  2

                  1

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  2

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  1

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  2

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

            4.1.2.3.   Mass(es) and crawler undercarriage

                  Set of track trains No

                  Track dimensions

                  Average contact pressure on the ground [kPa]

                  Maximum load per track roller [kg] (11)

                  Maximum permissible mass per set of track trains [kg] (11)

                  Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg] (11)

                  Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] (11)
                      (12)

                  Length [mm]

                  Width [mm]

                  1

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  2

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  …

            4.1.2.4.   Payload(s) (13): … kg
      4.1.3.   Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicles for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):

                  R- and S category vehicle
                  Brake

                  Drawbar

                  Rigid drawbar

                  Centre-axle

                  Unbraked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Inertia-braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

            4.1.4.   Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:

                  R- and S category vehicle
                  Brake

                  Drawbar

                  Rigid drawbar

                  Centre-axle

                  Unbraked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Inertia-braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

            4.1.5.   Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (irrespective of the tyres and the rear coupling device(s)):
      4.1.5.1.   of the T and C category vehicle: … kg
      4.1.5.2.   of the R- and S-category vehicle: … kg
      4.1.5.3.   Maximum mass of the combination at maximum unbraked mass: … kg
      4.2.   Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

      4.2.1.   For incomplete vehicles

      4.2.1.1.   Length (31)
      4.2.1.1.1.   Maximum permissible length for the completed vehicle: … mm
      4.2.1.1.2.   Minimum permissible length for the completed vehicle: … mm
      4.2.1.2.   Width (32)
      4.2.1.2.1.   Maximum permissible width for the completed vehicle: … mm
      4.2.1.2.2.   Minimum permissible width for the completed vehicle: … mm
      4.2.1.3.   Height (in running order) (33): … mm
      4.2.1.4.   Forward overhang (34): … mm
      4.2.1.4.1.   For T- and C-category vehicles: approach angle: … degrees
      4.2.1.5.   For T- and C-category vehicles: rear overhang (35): … mm
      4.2.1.5.1.   For T- and C-category vehicles: departure angle: … degrees
      4.2.1.5.2.   Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point (35) (46): … mm
      4.2.1.6.   For T- and C-category vehicles: ground clearance (36)
      4.2.1.6.1.   Between the axles: … mm
      4.2.1.6.2.   Under the front axle(s): … mm
      4.2.1.6.3.   Under the rear axle(s): … mm
      4.2.1.7.   Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity for the completed vehicle: … mm
      4.2.1.7.1.   For T- and C- category vehicles, extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the body and/or interior fittings and/or equipment and/or payload: … mm
      4.2.2.   For complete/completed (4) vehicles

      4.2.2.1.   Overall dimensions of the vehicle, including mechanical coupling:
      4.2.2.1.1.   Length for on-road use (31)
      4.2.2.1.1.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.1.1.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.1.2.   Width for on-road use (32)
      4.2.2.1.2.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.1.2.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.1.3.   Height for on-road use (33) (47)
      4.2.2.1.3.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.1.3.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.2.   Forward overhang (34) (48)
      4.2.2.2.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.2.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.3.   Rear overhang (35)
      4.2.2.3.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.3.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.4.   Ground clearance (36)
      4.2.2.4.1.   Maximum: … mm
      4.2.2.4.2.   Minimum: … mm
      4.2.2.5.   Wheelbase (37): … mm
      4.2.2.6.   Distance(s) between consecutive axles 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm, 3-4: … mm, etc.
      4.2.2.7.   For rigid draw bar and centre axle R- and S-category vehicles:

                  4.2.2.7.1.

                  Distance between the coupling point and the first axle: … mm

                  4.2.2.7.2.

                  Distance between the coupling point and the last axle: … mm

            4.2.2.8.   Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle (measured between the symmetry planes of the single or twin tyres or of the tyres in triple formation normally fitted) (to be stated by the manufacturer) (38):

                  4.2.2.8.1.

                  Maximum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …:… mm

                  4.2.2.8.2.

                  Minimum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …:… mm

            4.2.2.9.   Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
      4.2.2.9.1.   For T2-, T4.1-, T4.3-category vehicles and C2-, C4.1-, C4.3-category vehicles, height of the centre of gravity, measured in relation to the ground using the tyres normally fitted on the vehicle: … mm
      4.2.2.9.1.1.   For T2-and C2-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track for each axle: Axle 1 … Axle 2 … Axle …:…
      4.2.2.9.1.2.   For T4.1-and C4.1-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track of all of the axles: …
      5.   GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
      5.1.   Maximum vehicle speed

      5.1.1.   Forward maximum vehicle speed

      5.1.1.1.   Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
      5.1.1.2.   Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
      5.1.1.3.   Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)
      5.1.2.   Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
      5.1.2.1.   Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
      5.1.2.2.   Measured rearward maximum vehicle speed (41): … km/h
      5.2.   Rated engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
      5.3.   Maximum engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
      5.4.   Maximum engine torque: … Nm, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
      5.5.   Fuel type (9): …
      5.6.   Actual forward movement of powered wheels corresponding to one complete revolution of the wheel: …
      B.   INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

      6.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE (4)
      6.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4)
      6.2.   Bore (12) … mm
      6.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
      6.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
      6.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

      6.6.   Rated speed: …
      6.7.   Maximum torque speed: …
      6.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
      6.9.   Combustion system description: …
      6.10.   Drawing(s) of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
      6.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
      6.12.   Cooling system

      6.12.1.   Liquid

      6.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
      6.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
      6.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
      6.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
      6.12.2.   Air

      6.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
      6.12.2.1.1.   Characteristics of the blower. …
      6.12.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
      6.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer

      6.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
      6.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
      6.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
      6.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
      6.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
      6.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
      minimum: … K, maximum: … K
      6.14.   Pressure charger

      6.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
      6.14.2.   Make: …
      6.14.3.   Type: …
      6.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
      6.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
      6.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
      6.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
      6.17.   Measures taken against air pollution

      6.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
      6.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
      6.17.2.1.2.   Type …
      6.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
      6.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
      6.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
      6.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
      6.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
      6.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
      6.17.2.1.9.   Cell density: …
      6.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
      6.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
      6.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
      6.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
      6.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
      6.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
      6.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
      6.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
      6.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
      6.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
      6.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
      6.17.2.1.17.   EGR: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.17.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
      6.17.2.1.18.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.18.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
      6.17.2.1.18.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
      6.17.2.1.18.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
      6.17.2.1.18.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
      6.17.2.1.18.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
      6.17.2.1.19.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
      6.17.2.1.19.1.   Description and operation: …
      6.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines

      6.18.1.   Feed pump

      6.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
      6.18.2.   Injection system

      6.18.2.1.   Pump
      6.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
      6.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
      6.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
      6.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
      6.18.2.2.   Injection advance:
      6.18.2.2.1.   Injection advance curve (7): …
      6.18.2.2.2.   Timing (7): …
      6.18.2.3.   Injection piping:
      6.18.2.3.1.   Length: … mm
      6.18.2.3.2.   Internal diameter: … mm
      6.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
      6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
      6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
      6.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
      6.18.2.4.   Governor
      6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
      6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
      6.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
      6.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
      6.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
      6.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
      6.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
      6.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
      6.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
      6.19.   Fuel for petrol engines

      6.19.1.   Carburettor: …
      6.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
      6.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
      6.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
      6.19.2.1   Make(s): …
      6.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
      6.19.3.   Direct injection: …
      6.19.3.1   Make(s): …
      6.19.4.2.   Type(s): …
      6.20.   Valve timing

      6.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
      6.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
      6.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)

      6.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
      6.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
      6.21.   Porting configuration

      6.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
      6.22.   Ignition system

      6.22.1.   Ignition coil

      6.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
      6.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
      6.22.1.3.   Number: …
      6.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
      6.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
      6.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
      6.22.3.   Magneto: …
      6.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
      6.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
      6.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
      6.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
      6.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …
      7.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE FAMILY
      7.1.   Common parameters (56)
      7.1.1   Combustion cycle: …
      7.1.2   Cooling medium …
      7.1.3   Method of air aspiration: …
      7.1.4   Combustion chamber type and design: …
      7.1.5   Valve and porting configuration, size and number: …
      7.1.6   Fuel system: …
      7.1.7   Engine management systems (proof of identity pursuant to drawing number(s))

      7.1.7.1.   Charge cooling system …
      7.1.7.2.   Exhaust gas recirculation (3): …
      7.1.7.3.   Water injection/emulsion (4) (3): …
      7.1.7.4.   Air injection (3): …
      7.1.8   Exhaust after-treatment system (3): …
      7.2.   Engine family listing

      7.2.1.   Name of engine family: …
      7.2.2.   Specifications of engines within the family:

                  Parent engine

                  Engines within the family

                  Engine type

                  Number of cylinders

                  Rated speed (min– 1)

                  Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at rated net power

                  Rated net power (kW)

                  Maximum power speed (min– 1)

                  Maximum net power (kW)

                  Maximum torque speed (min– 1)

                  Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at maximum torque

                  Maximum torque (Nm)

                  Low Idle speed (min– 1)

                  Cylinder displacement (in % of parent engine)

                  100

            8.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE TYPE WITHIN THE FAMILY
      8.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4): …
      8.2.   Bore (12): … mm
      8.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
      8.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
      8.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

      8.6.   Rated speed …
      8.7.   Maximum torque speed …
      8.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
      8.9.   Combustion system description: …
      8.10.   Drawings of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
      8.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
      8.12.   Cooling system

      8.12.1.   Liquid

      8.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
      8.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
      8.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
      8.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
      8.12.2.   Air

      8.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
      8.12.2.1.1.1   Characteristics of the blower. …
      8.12.1.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
      8.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer

      8.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
      8.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
      8.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
      8.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
      8.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
      8.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
      minimum: … K, maximum: … K
      8.14.   Pressure charger

      8.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
      8.14.2.   Make: …
      8.14.3.   Type: …
      8.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
      8.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
      8.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
      8.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
      8.17.   Measures taken against air pollution

      8.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
      8.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
      8.17.2.1.2.   Type …
      8.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
      8.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
      8.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
      8.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
      8.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
      8.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
      8.17.2.1.9.   Cell density: …
      8.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
      8.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
      8.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
      8.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
      8.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
      8.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
      8.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
      8.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
      8.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
      8.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
      8.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other specify: …)
      8.17.2.1.16.   EGR: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.16.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
      8.17.2.1.17.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.17.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
      8.17.2.1.17.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
      8.17.2.1.17.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
      8.17.2.1.17.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
      8.17.2.1.17.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
      8.17.2.1.18.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
      8.17.2.1.18.1.   Description and operation: …
      8.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines

      8.18.1.   Feed pump

      8.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
      8.18.2.   Injection system

      8.18.2.1.   Pump
      8.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
      8.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
      8.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
      8.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
      8.18.2.2.   Injection advance:

                  8.18.2.2.1.

                  Injection advance curve (7): …

                  8.18.2.2.2.

                  Timing (7): …

            8.18.2.3.   Injection piping:

                  8.18.2.3.1.

                  Length: … mm

                  8.18.2.3.2.

                  Internal diameter: … mm

            8.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
      8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
      8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
      8.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
      8.18.2.4.   Governor
      8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
      8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
      8.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
      8.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
      8.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
      8.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
      8.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
      8.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
      8.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
      8.19.   Fuel for petrol engines

      8.19.1.   Carburettor: …
      8.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
      8.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
      8.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
      8.19.2.1   Make(s): …
      8.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
      8.19.3.   Direct injection: …
      8.19.3.1   Make(s): …
      8.19.4.2.   Type(s): …
      8.20.   Valve timing

      8.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
      8.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
      8.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)

      8.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
      8.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
      8.21.   Porting configuration

      8.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
      8.22.   Ignition system

      8.22.1.   Ignition coil

      8.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
      8.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
      8.22.1.3.   Number: …
      8.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
      8.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
      8.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
      8.22.3.   Magneto: …
      8.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
      8.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
      8.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
      8.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
      8.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …
      9.   ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S)
      9.1.   Description: battery/capacitor/flywheel/generator (4)
      9.2.   Identification number: …
      9.3.   Kind of electrochemical couple: …
      9.4.   Energy stored
      9.4.1.   For battery, voltage … and capacity: … Ah in 2h
      9.4.2.   For capacitor: J,… ,
      9.4.3.   For flywheel/generator (4): J, …
      9.4.3.1.   Flywheel moment of inertia: …
      9.4.3.1.1.   Additional moment of inertia if no gear is engaged: …
      9.5.   Charger: on-board/external/without (4)
      10.   EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL
      10.1.   External sound level declared by the manufacturer

      10.1.1.   Moving: … dB(A)
      10.1.2   Stationary: … dB(A)
      10.1.3.   At engine speed: … min– 1

      10.2.   Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust system (including the air intake system, the devices for noise and tailpipe emission control): …
      10.3.   Air-intake system

      10.3.1.   Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos) (10): …
      10.3.2.   Air filter

      10.3.2.1.   Photographs and/or drawings: …
      10.3.2.2.   Make: …
      10.3.2.3.   Type: …
      10.3.3.   Intake silencer

      10.3.3.1.   Photographs and/or drawings: …
      10.3.3.2.   Make: …
      10.3.3.3.   Type: …
      10.4.   Exhaust system

      10.4.1.   Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold (10): …
      10.4.2.   Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust system that are not part of the engine system: …
      10.4.3.   Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
      10.4.4.   Type, marking of the exhaust noise-abatement device(s): …
      10.4.4.1.   Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials: yes/no (4): …
      10.4.5.   Exhaust system volume: … dm3

      10.4.6.   Location of the exhaust outlet: …
      10.4.7.   Additional noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment and on the engine for external noise (if any): …
      10.5.   Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not covered by other items): …
      11.   DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL (13)
      11.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (gear shift control, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …
      11.2.   Transmission

      11.2.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of gear shift system(s) and its control: …
      11.2.2.   Diagram and or drawing of the transmission system: …
      11.2.3.   Type of transmission: mechanical/hydraulic/electric/other (4) (if other specify …)
      11.2.3.1   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
      11.3.   Clutch (if any)

      11.3.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system: …
      11.3.2.   Clutch type: …
      11.3.3.   Maximum torque conversion: …
      11.4.   Gearbox (if any)

      11.4.1.   Type (24): …
      11.4.2.   Location relative to the engine: …
      11.4.3.   Method of control: …
      11.4.4.   Transfer box: with/without (4)
      11.5.   Gear ratios

                  Gear

                  Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)

                  Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)

                  Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)

                  Total gear ratios

                  Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only

                  Maximum for CVT (13)

                  1
                  2
                  3

                  Minimum for CVT (13)

                  Reverse
                  1
                  …

            11.6.   Differential lock

      11.6.1.   Differential lock: yes/no/optional (4)
      C.   INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

      12.   PROPULSION AND/OR DRIVE-TRAIN OUTPUT GOVERNORS
      12.1.   Number of speed governors: …
      12.2.   Nominal cut-off point No 1: …
      12.2.1.   Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load: … min– 1

      12.2.2.   Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min– 1

      12.3.   Nominal cut-off point No 2: …
      12.3.1   Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load (4): … min– 1

      12.3.2.   Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min– 1

      12.4.   The stated purpose of governor(s): maximum design vehicle speed limitation/maximum power limitation/engine over-speed protection (4): …
      12.5.   Adjustable speed limitation device complying with the requirements for N2- and N3-category vehicles set out in points 1 and 2, Part II point 13.2, Part III points 21.2 and 21.3, Annex 5 point 1 and Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 89 (OJ L 158, 19.6.2007, p. 1). with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      13.   STEERING
      13.1.   Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry: …
      13.2.   Steering category: manual/power-assisted/servo steering/differential (4)
      13.3.   Transmission and control of steering

      13.3.1.   Configuration of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
      13.3.2.   Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
      13.3.2.1.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
      13.3.3.   Method of assistance (if any): …
      13.3.3.1.   Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …
      13.3.4.   Diagram of the steering equipment as a whole, showing the position on the vehicle of the various devices influencing its steering behaviour: …
      13.3.5.   Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …
      13.3.6.   Range and method of adjustment of the steering control(s): …
      13.3.7.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
      13.4.   Maximum turning angle of the wheels (if fitted)

      13.4.1.   To the right: … degrees
      Number of steering wheel turns: …
      13.4.2.   To the left: … degrees
      Number of steering wheel turns: …
      13.5.   Minimum turning circle (without braking) (42)
      13.5.1   To the right: … mm
      13.5.2   To the left: … mm
      13.5.3.   Method of power assistance (if any): …
      13.5.3.1.   Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …
      13.6.   Steering for fast (‘b’ speed index) T-category vehicles

      13.6.1.   Requirements under sections 2, 5 and 6 and in Annexes 4 and 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      13.6.2.   Requirements on steering effort as set out in section 6 of UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) for N2-category vehicles are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      13.6.3.   Requirements under ISO 10998:2008, Amd 1 2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements for steering) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      13.7.   Complex electronic control systems that affect the steering function

      13.7.1.   Requirements under Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) are met by the complex electronic vehicle control systems that affect the steering function, with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      14.   SPEEDOMETER, ODOMETER, TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER
      14.1.   Speedometer

      14.1.1.   Photographs and/or drawings of the complete system: …
      14.1.2.   Vehicle speed range displayed: …
      14.1.3.   Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the speedometer: …
      14.1.4.   Technical constant of the speedometer: …
      14.1.5.   Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …
      14.1.6.   Overall transmission ratio of the drive mechanism: …
      14.1.7.   Design of the instrument dial or of the other forms of read-out: …
      14.1.8.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …
      14.2.   Odometer

      14.2.1.   Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the odometer: …
      14.2.2.   Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …
      14.3.   Tachometer

      14.3.1.   Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the tachometer: …
      14.3.2.   Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …
      14.4.   Hour meter

      14.4.1.   Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the hour meter: …
      14.4.2.   Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …
      15.   FIELD OF VISION
      15.1.   Drawing(s) and/or photograph(s) showing the location of component parts within the 180 o forward field of vision: …
      15.2.   Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 1: Field of vision to the front) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      15.3.   Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      16.   WINDSCREEN WIPERS AND WASHERS AND DEFROSTING AND DEMISTING
      16.1.   Windscreen wipers

      16.1.1.   Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 1: Field of vision to the front) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      16.1.2.   Alternatively to entry 16.1.1, provide a detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) and the number and frequency of its operation: …
      16.2.   Windscreen washer

      16.2.1.   Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
      16.2.2.   Capacity of the reservoir: … l
      16.3.   Defrosting and demisting

      16.3.1.   Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
      16.3.2.   Maximum electrical consumption: … kW
      17.   GLAZING
      17.1.   The following requirements under UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 42, 12.2.2014, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: …
      17.2.   Alternatively to entry 17.1, provide the following information:

      17.2.1.   Data for quick identification of Driver's eyes reference point (59): …
      17.2.2.   in the case of glazing other than windscreens, drawings in a format not exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing:

                  —

                  the maximum area,

                  —

                  the smallest angle between two adjacent sides of the glass pane, and

                  —

                  the maximum height of segment, if any;

            17.2.3.   Windscreen(s)

      17.2.3.1.   Material(s) used: …
      17.2.3.2.   Method of fitting: …
      17.2.3.3.   Rake angle(s): … degrees
      17.2.3.4.   Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …
      17.2.3.5.   Drawing on a scale 1:10 and diagrams of the windscreens and their installation in the tractor in sufficient detail to show:

                  17.2.3.5.1.

                  the position of the windscreen relative to the Driver's eyes reference point (59);

                  17.2.3.5.2.

                  the rake angle of the windscreen;

                  17.2.3.5.3.

                  the position and size of the zone in which the optical qualities are verified and, where appropriate, the area subjected to differential toughening;

                  17.2.3.5.4.

                  the developed area of the windscreen;

                  17.2.3.5.5.

                  the maximum height of segment of the windscreen; and

                  17.2.3.5.6.

                  the curvature of the windscreen (for windscreen-grouping purposes only);

            17.2.3.6.   in the case of double glazing, drawings in a format not exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing, in addition to the information referred to in entry 17.2.2:

                  —

                  the type of each constituent glass pane,

                  —

                  the type of bonding (organic, glass-glass or glass-metal),

                  —

                  the nominal thickness of the gap between the two glass panes.

            17.2.4.   Window(s)

      17.2.4.1.   Position(s): …
      17.2.4.2.   Material(s) used: …
      17.2.4.3.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the window operating mechanism: …
      17.2.5.   Opening roof glazing

      17.2.5.1.   Position(s): …
      17.2.5.2.   Materials used: …
      17.2.5.3.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the roof glazing operating mechanism: …
      17.2.6.   Other glass panes

      17.2.6.1.   Position(s): …
      17.2.6.2.   Materials used: …
      17.2.6.3.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the other glass panes operating mechanism: …
      18.   REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
      18.1.   Number and class(es) of the mirrors: …
      18.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 46 (OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 211) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      1.8.3.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 81 (OJ L 185, 13.7.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      18.4.   Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …
      18.5.   Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …
      18.6.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components of the adjustment system: …
      18.7   Technical description of the defrosting and demisting system of the mirrors: …
      18.8.   Optional equipment that might restrict the field of vision to the rear: …
      18.9.   Field of vision for rear view mirror(s) of class II

      18.9.1.   Complies with point 5.1 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no (4).
      18.9.2.   Alternatively to entry 18.9.1, requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).
      19.   DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
      19.1.   Type and characteristics (such as a complete description of the device): …
      19.2.   In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour (4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor (4): …
      19.3.   Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions: …
      19.4.   Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      20.   DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
      20.1.   Requirements under ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture — Operator controls — Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) Annex B on operator controls associated with virtual terminals are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      21.   INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
      21.1.   List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale); the list may include several types of device for each function; in addition, the list may include in respect of each function the additional annotation ‘or equivalent devices’: …
      21.2.   A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle: …
      21.3.   Dimensioned sketches of the exterior of the vehicle showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices, number and colour of lights: …
      21.4.   For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information:
      21.4.1.   Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …
      21.4.2.   Method used to define the apparent surface: …
      21.4.3.   Axis of reference and centre of reference: …
      21.4.4.   Method of operation of concealable lamps: …
      21.5.   Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable) (4): …
      21.5.1.   Control device: …
      21.5.2.   Reference marks: …
      21.5.3.   Marks assigned for loading conditions: …
      21.6.   For R- and S-category vehicles, description of the power connection for lighting and light-signalling devices: …
      21.7.   Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …
      22.   VEHICLE OCCUPANT PROTECTION, INCLUDING INTERIOR FITTINGS AND OTHER WEATHER PROTECTION ARRANGEMENTS
      22.1.   Bodywork

      22.1.1.   Materials used and methods of construction: …
      22.2.   Burning rate of cab material

      22.2.1.   Burning rate not exceeding the maximum rate of 150 mm/min in accordance with the requirements under ISO 3795:1989 (Road vehicles, and tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry — Determination of burning behaviour of interior materials) with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).
      22.3.   Interior protection for occupants

      22.3.1.   Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings, showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used (with the exception of interior rear view mirrors), arrangement of controls, seats and their rear parts, headrests, roof and opening roof, doors and window winders and other non-specified fittings: …
      22.3.2.   For vehicles equipped with steering wheel and bench seats or bucket seats in more than one row, environment of the rear passenger seats, if fitted, complying with Annex XVII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 (14): yes/no (4)
      22.4.   Head restraint(s)

      22.4.1.   Provided: yes/no (4)
      22.4.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation 25 (OJ L 215, 14.8.2010, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      22.4.3.   Type: integrated/detachable/separate (4)
      22.4.4.   Detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the position and specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which approval is sought: …
      22.4.5.   In the case of a‘separate’ head restraint:
      22.4.5.1.   Detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is intended to be fixed:
      22.4.5.2.   Scale drawings of the significant parts of the structure and the head restraint: …
      22.5.   Foot rests

      22.5.1.   Photographs and/or drawings of the operating space showing the true, effective number, location and dimensions of the footrests: …
      22.6.   Other weather protection arrangements

      22.6.1.   Description (Including photographs and drawings): …
      22.6.2.   Internal and external dimensions: … mm × … mm × … mm … mm × … mm × … mm
      23.   VEHICLE EXTERIOR AND ACCESSORIES
      23.1.   General arrangement (drawing or photographs accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text) indicating the position of the attached sections and views, of any parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical for external projections, for example, and where relevant: bumpers, floor line, door and window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, rain gutter channels, handles, slide rails, flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, eyes, winches, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical with regard to the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a person hit by the external surface or brushing against it in the event of a collision (e.g. lighting equipment): …
      23.2.   A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference lines and the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle (interior and exterior), including detail of any active pedestrian protection system installed: …
      …
      23.3.   Drawing of the floor line: …
      24.   ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
      24.1.   Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (60), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions: …
      24.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      24.3.   Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      24.4.   Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:

      24.4.1.   Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …
      24.4.2.   Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …
      24.4.3.   Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …
      24.4.4.   Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …
      25.   AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
      25.1.   Component type-approval for an audible warning device granted according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the UNECE Regulation No 28 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      25.2.   Summary description of device(s) used: …
      25.3.   Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …
      25.4.   Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are) attached: …
      25.5.   Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …
      25.5.1.   Voltage: AC/DC (4)
      25.5.2.   Rated voltage or pressure: …
      25.6.   Drawing of the mounting device: …
      26.   HEATING SYSTEM AND AIR-CONDITIONING
      26.1.   Heating system tested in accordance with section 8 of ISO 14269-2:1997 (Tractors and self-propelled machines for agriculture and forestry — Operator enclosure environment — Part 2: Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning test method and performance) and test reports are included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      26.2.   Air-conditioning system tested in accordance with section 9 of ISO 14269-2:1997 (Tractors and self-propelled machines for agriculture and forestry — Operator enclosure environment — Part 2: Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning test method and performance) and test reports are included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      26.3.   Alternatively to entries 26.1 to 26.2, requirements under UNECE Regulation 122 (OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 231) for vehicles of for N-category are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4))
      26.4.   Heating system

      26.4.1.   Overall drawing of the heating system giving its location on the vehicle (and the arrangement of the sound damping devices (including the position of the heat exchange points)): …
      26.4.2.   Overall drawing of the heat-exchanger used in systems utilising the heat from the exhaust gases, or of the parts where that exchange takes place (in the case of heating systems using the heat provided by the engine cooling air): …
      26.4.3.   Sectional drawing of the heat-exchanger or parts where heat exchange takes place, together with a statement of the wall thickness, of the materials used and the characteristics of their surface: …
      26.4.4.   Specifications regarding the method of manufacture and technical data relating to other major components of the heating system, such as the fan: …
      26.5.   Air-conditioning

      26.5.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of air-conditioning and its control system: …
      26.5.2.   Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: …
      27.   DEVICES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORISED USE
      27.1.   For T- and C-category vehicles

      27.1.1.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation 62 (OJ L 89, 27.3.2013, p. 37) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      27.1.2.   Relevant requirements as prescribed for N2-category vehicles in points 2, 5 except point 5.6, 6.2 and 6.3, under UNECE Regulation No 18 (OJ L 120, 13.5.2010, p. 29) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      27.1.3.   Alternatively to entry 27.1.1 or entry 27.1.2, provide the following information:
      27.1.3.1.   Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation: …
      27.1.3.2.   List of the main components comprising the protective device(s): …
      27.2.   For R- and S-category vehicles

      27.2.1.   Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation: …
      27.2.1.1.   List of the main components comprising the protective device(s): …
      28.   REGISTRATION PLATE(S) SPACE
      28.1.   Location of registration plate(s) (indicate variants where necessary; drawings may be used as appropriate): …
      28.1.1.   Height above road surface, upper edge: front: … mm
      rear: … mm
      28.1.2.   Height above road surface, lower edge: front: … mm
      rear: … mm
      28.1.3.   Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle: front: … mm
      rear: … mm
      28.1.4.   Dimensions (length × width): front: … mm × … mm
      rear: … mm × … mm
      28.1.5.   Inclination of the plane to the vertical: front: … degr.
      rear: … degr.
      28.1.6.   Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: front … degr
      rear: … degr.
      29.   BALLAST MASSES
      29.1.   Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings with dimensions) of the ballast masses and how they are mounted on the tractor: …
      29.1.   Number of sets of ballast masses: …
      29.1.1.   Number of components on each set: Set 1: …
      Set 2: …
      Set …
      29.2.   Mass of the components on each set: Set 1: … kg
      Set 2: … kg
      Set …:… kg
      29.2.1.   Total mass of each set: Set 1: … kg
      Set 2: … kg
      Set …:… kg
      29.3.   Total mass of ballast masses: … kg
      29.3.1.   Distribution of these masses among the axles: … kg
      29.4.   Material(s) and method of construction: …
      30.   SAFETY OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
      30.1.   Brief description of the power circuit components installation and drawings/photographs showing the location of the power circuit components installation: …
      30.2.   Schematic diagram of all electrical functions included in power circuit: …
      30.3.   Working voltage(s) (V): …
      30.4.   Description of protection against electric-shocks: …
      30.5.   Fuse and/or circuit breaker yes/no/optional (4)
      30.5.1.   Diagram showing the functional range: …
      30.6.   Configuration of power wiring harness: …
      30.7.   Generator

      30.7.1.   Type: …
      30.7.2.   Rated power: … VA
      30.8.   All-electric vehicles

      30.8.1.   For all-electric T2-, T3-, C2- or C3-category vehicles, requirements of Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 are met, with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/as far as practicable (4) (if as far as practicable, specify: …)
      30.9.   Battery isolator

      30.9.1.   Disconnection of the battery by: electronic system/ignition key/common tool/switch/other (4) (if other, specify: …)
      31.   FUEL TANK(S)
      31.1.   Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with connections and lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …
      31.2.   Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …
      31.3.   Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust device: …
      31.4.   Main fuel tank(s)

      31.4.1.   Maximum capacity: …
      31.4.2.   Materials used: …
      31.4.3.   Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label (4) …
      31.4.4.   Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any): …
      31.5.   Reserve fuel tank(s)

      31.5.1.   Maximum capacity: …
      31.5.2.   Materials used: …
      31.5.3.   Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label (4) …
      31.5.4.   Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any): …
      32.   LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION
      32.1.   Lateral protection

      32.1.1.   Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
      32.1.2.   Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e. drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the axle(s), drawing of the mountings and/or the fittings of lateral protection device(s). If the lateral protection is achieved without lateral protection device(s) the drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
      32.1.3.   Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle lateral: …
      32.1.4.   Drawings of the necessary sections through the external surface to measure the height (H) of the external surface projections in accordance with Appendix 1 to Annex XXVII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: …
      32.1.5.   In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of such device(s) (including mountings and fittings) or its/their component type-approval number(s): …
      32.1.5.1.   Materials used: …
      32.1.5.2.   Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
      32.1.6.   Requirements under points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III of UNECE Regulation No 73 (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      32.2.   Rear protective structure

      32.2.1.   Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
      32.2.2.   Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the rear protective structure, i.e. drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the widest rear axle, drawing of the mounting and/or fitting of the rear protective structure. If the rear protective structure is not a special device, the drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
      32.2.3.   Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle rear end: …
      32.2.4.   In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear protective structure (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate technical unit, type-approval number: …
      32.2.4.1.   Materials used: …
      32.2.4.2.   Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
      33.   LOAD PLATFORM(S)
      33.1.   Load platform(s) dimensions

      33.1.1.   Length of the load platform(s): … mm
      33.1.2.   Width of load platform(s): … mm
      33.1.3.   Height of load platform(s) above the ground (47): … mm
      33.2.   Safe load carrying capacity of load platform(s) declared by manufacturer: … kg
      33.2.1.   Distribution of this (these) load(s) among the axles: … kg
      33.3.   For T- and C-category vehicles, detachable platform(s): yes/no/optional (4)
      33.3.1.   Description of the devices for attachment to the vehicle: …
      33.4.   Stability of the load platform

      33.4.1.   Position of centre of gravity of the platform(s) in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
      33.4.2.   For vehicles with multiple load platforms, position of the centre of gravity of the vehicle with loaded platform(s) and without driver in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
      34.   FRONT TOWING DEVICE (T-AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES)
      34.1.   Dimensioned drawing of the front towing device and of the securing device: …
      34.2.   For vehicles equipped with a maximum technically permissible mass not exceeding 2 000 kg, requirements of Commission (EU) Regulation No 1005/2010 (OJ L 291, 9.11.2010, p. 36) are met, with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      35.   TYRES
      35.1.   Type-approved in accordance with Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.2.   Type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.3.   Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 106 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 231): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.4.   Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 30 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 1): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.5.   Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 54 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 2): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.6.   Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 75 (OJ L 84, 30.3.2011, p. 46): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      35.7.   Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 117 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 3): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      36.   SPRAY-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
      36.1.   Wheel guards

      36.1.1.   Vehicle fitted with wheel guards: yes/no (4)
      36.1.2.   Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards: …
      36.1.3.   Detailed drawings of the wheel guards and their position on the vehicle showing the dimensions and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations: …
      36.2.   Other spray-suppression devices

      36.2.1.   Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
      36.2.2.   Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray-suppression system and the constituent components: …
      36.2.3.   Detailed drawings of the spray-suppression system and its position on the vehicle showing the dimensions and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations: …
      37.   CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
      (provide also entry 4.1.2.3)
      37.1.   Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the arrangement of the crawler undercarriage and its installation on the vehicle (including the elements inside of track belts to ensure that the track belt is guided over the rollers and the track pattern in the outside): …
      37.2.   Type of material in contact with the surface: rubber tracks/steel tracks/rubber pads on the track shoes (4)
      37.3.   Metallic tracks

      37.3.1.   Number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface (NR): …
      37.3.2.   Outer surface area of each pad (AP): … mm2

      37.4.   Rubber tracks

      37.4.1.   Total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road (AL): … mm2

      37.4.2.   Percentage of lug area versus the total surface of the belt: … %
      38.   MECHANICAL COUPLING
      38.1.   Photographs and dimensional drawings of the mechanical coupling, its installation on the vehicle and its coupling with the device installed on the towed vehicle:

      38.1.1.   Rear mechanical coupling: yes/no (4)
      38.1.2.   Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): yes/no (4)
      38.2.   Short technical description of the mechanical coupling specifying the type of construction and the material used

      38.2.1.   Rear mechanical coupling: …
      38.2.2.   Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): …
      38.3.   Rear mechanical coupling

                  Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Make:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Manufacturer's type designation:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  (EU) type-approval mark or -number:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  Towable mass (T) (4) (44):

                  … tonnes

                  … tonnes

                  … tonnes

                  Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (44):

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Position of coupling point (62)

                  height above ground,

                  minimum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  maximum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  distance from vertical plane passing through the axis of the rear axle

                  minimum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  maximum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

            38.4.   Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles):

                  Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Make:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Manufacturer's type designation:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  (EU) type-approval mark or -number:

                  …

                  …

                  …

                  Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  Towable mass (T) (4) (44):

                  … tonnes

                  … tonnes

                  … tonnes

                  Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (44):

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  … kg

                  Position of coupling point (62)

                  height above ground,

                  minimum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  maximum

                  … mm

                  … mm

                  … mm

            38.5.   Description of the mechanical coupling:

                  Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):

                  …

                  Make:

                  …

                  Manufacturer's type designation:

                  …

                  Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):

                  … kg/kN (4)

                  Towable mass (T) (4) (44):

                  … tonnes

                  Vertical load on the coupling point (S) (44):

                  … kg

                  Photographs and scale drawings of the coupling device. These drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as well as the measurements for mounting the device.

                  Short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type of construction and the material used.

                  Type of Test

                  Static/Dynamic (4)

                  (EU) type-approval mark or -number of

                              —

                              drawbar eyes, coupling heads or similar coupling devices that shall be attached to the mechanical coupling (in the case of hinged or rigid drawbars)

                              —

                              type-approval mark or -number of mechanical couplings that shall be attached to the ladder frame/trailer hitch support (if restricted to certain types):

                  …

            38.6.   Component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted under UNECE Regulation No 55 (OJ L 227, 28.8.2010, p. 1), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      39.   THREE-POINT LIFTING MECHANISM
      39.1.   Three-point lifting mechanism: front mounted/rear mounted/both front and rear mounted/inexistent (4)
      40.   ADDITIONAL COUPLING POINTS
      40.1.   Additional coupling points: yes/no/optional (4)
      40.2.   Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) and main purpose(s) of the additional coupling points: …
      40.3.   Maximum permissible vertical load on the additional coupling points: … kg
      D.   INFORMATION ON BRAKING PERFORMANCE

      41.   SUSPENSION
      41.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its control system for of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
      41.2.   Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …
      41.3.   Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (4)
      41.4.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …
      41.5.   Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
      41.5.1.   Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
      41.5.2.   Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
      41.6.   Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
      41.6.1.   Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
      41.6.2.   Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
      41.7.   Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics of the materials and dimensions): …
      41.8.   Vehicle equipped with hydro-pneumatic/hydraulic/pneumatic (4) suspension: yes/no (4)
      41.9.   Stabilisers: yes/no/optional (4)
      41.10.   Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional (4)
      41.11.   Other devices (if any): …
      42.   AXLE(S) AND TYRES
      42.1.   Description (including photographs and drawings) of the axle(s): …
      42.2.   Material(s) and method of construction: …
      42.3.   Make (where appropriate): …
      42.4.   Type (where appropriate): …
      42.5.   Maximum permissible mass supported by the axle(s): … kg
      42.6.   Axle(s) dimensions:
      42.6.1.   Length: … mm
      42.6.2.   Width: … mm
      42.7.   Braking connection to the axle(s): axial/radial/integrated/other (4) (if other, specify: …)
      42.8.   Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on braked axles: …
      42.8.1.   Nominal rolling circumference of the largest tyres on braked axles: …
      42.8.2.   Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on powered axles: …
      42.8.3.   Nominal rolling circumference of the of the largest tyres on powered axles: …
      43.   BRAKING
      43.1.   Brief description of the braking system(s) installed on the vehicle (according to point 1.6 of the Addendum of Appendix 1 to Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68)
      43.2.   Specifications of the vehicle with respect to the control circuits of the pneumatic and/or electric control lines of the braking system(s) and a list of the supported messages and parameters: …
      43.3.   Braking system(s) interface complying with ISO 11992-1:2003 (Road vehicles — Interchange of digital information on electrical connections between towing and towed vehicles — Part 1: Physical and data-link layers), including the physical layer, the data link layer and the application layer and the respective position of supported messages and parameters: yes/no (4)
      43.4.   Braking system(s)

      43.4.1.   Description of the braking system(s) operation (including any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic circuit plan (55): …
      43.4.2   Schematic drawing and operating sketch of the braking system(s) (55): …
      43.4.3.   List of braking-system components, properly identified (55): …
      43.4.4.   Technical explanation on the calculation for the braking system(s) (determination of the ratio of the total braking forces at the circumference of the wheels to the force applied to the braking control) (55): …
      43.4.5.   External energy source(s) (if any) (characteristics, capacity of energy reservoirs, maximum and minimum pressure, pressure gauge and minimum-pressure warning device on the dashboard, vacuum reservoirs and supply valve, supply compressors, compliance with provisions regarding pressure equipment) (55): …
      43.4.6.   Electronic braking system: yes/no/optional (4)
      43.4.7.   Type-I test report number(s), in accordance with Annex VII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (if applicable): …
      43.5.   Braking transmission

      43.5.1.   Braking transmission: mechanical/hydrostatic without power assistance/power-assisted/fully powered transmission (4)
      43.5.2.   Transmission technology: pneumatic/hydraulic/both pneumatic and hydraulic (4)
      43.5.3.   Locking of left and right braking controls: …
      43.6.   Towed vehicle braking devices

      43.6.1.   Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic/Pneumatic/Electric (4)
      43.6.2.   Towed vehicle-brake actuating device (description, characteristics): …
      43.6.3.   Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
      43.6.4.   Connections type: single line/two-lines (4)
      43.6.4.1.   Supply overpressure (1 line): … kPa
      43.6.4.2   Supply overpressure (2 line) (if applicable): … kPa
      43.6.4.2.1.   Hydraulic: … kPa
      43.6.4.2.2.   Pneumatic: … kPa
      E.   INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

      44.   CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION
      44.1.   Description of overall quality-assurance management systems: …
      45.   ACCESS TO VEHICLE ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION (45)
      45.1.   Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (45): …
      45.2.   In the case of multi-stage type-approval, address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information from manufacturer(s) at previous stage(s) (45): …
      45.3.   Relevant information to enable the development of replacement components which are critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system provided: yes/no (4)
      45.4.   Annual worldwide production of a type (61): …
      45.5.   Proof(s) of compliance that vehicle repair and maintenance information is provided using only open text and graphic formats or formats which can be viewed and printed using only standard software plug-ins that are freely available, easy to install, and which run with computer operating systems commonly in use.
      45.5.1.   Keywords in the metadata conform to ISO 15031-2:2010 (Road vehicles — Communication between vehicle and external equipment for emissions-related diagnostics — Part 2: Guidance on terms, definitions, abbreviations and acronyms): yes/no (4)
      45.6.   Reprogramming of control units in accordance with point 2.5 of Appendix 1 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014

      45.6.1.   Reprogramming of control units conducted in accordance with: /SAE J2534/TMC RP1210/other non-proprietary software (4) (if other non-proprietary software, specify: …)
      45.6.1.1.   Proprietary software: yes/no (4)
      45.6.1.2.   ISO 22900-2 (Road vehicles — Modular vehicle communication interface (MVCI) — Part 2: Diagnostic protocol data unit application programming interface (D-PDU API)): yes/no (4)
      45.6.1.3.   SAE J2534 (Recommended practice for pass-thru vehicle programming): yes/no (4)
      45.6.1.4.   TMC RP1210 (API): yes/no (4)
      45.6.1.5.   Other non-proprietary software: yes/no (4) (if other non-proprietary software, specify: …)
      45.6.2.   Compatibility validation of manufacturer-specific application and vehicle communication interfaces (VCIs) is made by: independently developed VCIs/loan of special hardware (4)
      45.6.3.   In-vehicle communication and communication between ECUs and diagnostic service according to standard:
      45.6.3.1.   SAE J1939 (Serial control and communications vehicle network): yes/no (4)
      45.6.3.2.   ISO 11783 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry — Serial control and communications data network): yes/no (4)
      45.6.3.3.   ISO 14229 (Road vehicles — Unified diagnostic services (UDS)): yes/no (4)
      45.6.3.4.   ISO 27145 (Road vehicles — Implementation of World-Wide Harmonized On-Board Diagnostics (WWH-OBD) communication requirements) in combination with ISO 15765-4 (Road vehicles — Diagnostic communication over Controller Area Network (DoCAN) — Part 4: Requirements for emissions-related systems) (4)/ISO 13400 (Road vehicles — Diagnostic communication over Internet Protocol (DoIP)) (4): yes/no (4)
      45.7.   Information required for the manufacture of diagnostic tools

      45.7.1.   The vehicle manufacturer uses diagnostic and test tools in accordance with ISO 22900-2:2009 (Road vehicles — Modular vehicle communication interface (MVCI) — Part 2: Diagnostic protocol data unit application programming interface (D-PDU API)) and ISO 22901-2:2011 (Road vehicles — Open diagnostic data exchange (ODX) — Part 2: Emissions-related diagnostic data) in their franchised networks: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
      45.7.2.   ODX files are accessible to independent operators via the manufacturer's website: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
      45.7.3.   Communication protocol information as laid down in point 1.1 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
      45.7.4.   Information required for the test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components as laid down in point 1.2 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 is made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
      45.7.5.   Data required to perform the repair as laid down in point 1.3 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
      45.8.   Repair and maintenance information of vehicle combinations

      45.8.1   The vehicle manufacturer recommends the combination of a type of tractor with a type of R or S category vehicle or vice versa: yes/no (4)
      45.8.2.   Vehicles for which the combination is recommended:
      45.8.2.1.   Make (trade name of manufacturer) (18): …
      45.8.2.2.   Type (17): …
      45.8.2.2.1.   Variant(s) (17): …
      45.8.2.2.2.   Version(s) (17): …
      45.8.2.3.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
      45.8.2.4.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
      45.8.3.   Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information related to the interconnectivity of both vehicles provided through a website set up jointly by several manufacturers or a consortium of manufacturers: yes/no (4)
      45.8.3.1.   Address of the website set up jointly by several manufacturers or a consortium of manufacturers (45): …
      46.   ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
      46.1.   Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)
      46.2.   ROPS by cab/by frame/by roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear (4)
      46.2.1.   In the case of roll bar: fold-down/not fold down (4)
      46.2.2.   In the case of foldable roll bar:
      46.2.2.1.   Folding: with tools/folding without tools (4);
      46.2.2.2.   Locking mechanism: manual/automatic (4)
      46.2.2.3.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones. The dimensions must figure on the drawings: …
      46.3.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the ROPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), the details of mountings and position of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) etc. (in the case of front-mounted foldable ROPS, show the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones). The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
      46.4.   Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
      46.4.1.   Type of construction: …
      46.4.2.   Details of mountings: …
      46.4.3.   Details of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary): …
      46.4.4.   Additional frame: …
      46.5.   Dimensions (52)
      46.5.1.   Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
      46.5.2.   Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
      46.5.3.   Interior width of the protective structure vertically above the seat index point at the level of centre of the steering wheel: … mm
      46.5.4.   Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the right-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
      46.5.5.   Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the left-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
      46.5.6.   Minimum distance from the steering wheel rim to the protective structure: … mm
      46.5.7.   Horizontal distance from the seat index point to the rear of the protective structure above the seat index point: … mm
      46.5.8.   Position (with reference to the rear axle) of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary):
      46.5.8.1.   Horizontal distance: … mm
      46.5.8.2.   Vertical distance: … mm
      46.6.   Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
      46.6.1.   Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.6.2.   Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.6.3.   Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
      46.6.4.   Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.6.5.   Cladding (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.6.6.   Glass (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.6.7.   Front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) (parts — material — sizes): …
      46.7.   Alternatively to entries 46.1 to 46.6.7, provide the following information:

      46.7.1.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      46.7.2.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      46.7.3.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      46.7.4.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      46.7.5   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      47.   FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
      47.1.   T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications

      47.1.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 8083:2006 (Machinery for forestry — Falling-object protective structures (FOPS) — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) level I/level II (4) on FOPS are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      47.2.   All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with FOPS

      47.2.1.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the FOPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), etc. The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions:
      47.2.2.   Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
      47.2.2.1.   Type of construction: …
      47.2.2.2.   Details of mountings: …
      47.2.3.   Dimensions (52)
      47.2.3.1.   Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
      47.2.3.2.   Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
      47.2.3.3.   Overall height of the tractor with the protective structure fitted: … mm
      47.2.3.4.   Overall width of the protective structure (if mudguards are included, this is to be stated): … mm
      47.2.4.   Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
      47.2.4.1.   Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
      47.2.4.2.   Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
      47.2.4.3.   Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
      47.2.4.4.   Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
      47.2.5.   Details of tractor manufacturer's reinforcements on original parts: …
      47.2.6.   Alternatively to entries 47.2.1 to 47.2.5, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 10, Edition 2015 of July 2014 is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      48.   DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
      48.1.   T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 1, in accordance with point 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      48.2.   T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 2, in accordance with point 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      48.3.   C-category vehicles with steel tracks to be tested on a layer of humid sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008 (Earth-moving machinery — Determination of sound power level — Dynamic test conditions): yes/no/not applicable (4)
      48.4   Alternatively to entries 48.1 to 48.3, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official measurement of noise at the driving position(s) on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 5, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      49.   SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
      49.1.   Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
      49.2.   Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point(s) (S) of all seating positions: …
      49.3.   Description and drawings of:
      49.3.1.   The seats and their anchorages: …
      49.3.2.   The adjustment system: …
      49.3.3.   The displacement and locking systems: …
      49.3.4.   The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …
      49.3.5.   The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …
      49.4.   Driver's seat

      49.4.1.   Position of the driving seat: left/right/centre (4): …
      49.4.2.   Driver's seat type category: category A class I/II/III, category B (4)
      49.4.3.   Reversible driving position: yes/no (4)
      49.4.3.1.   Description of the reversible driving position: …
      49.4.4.   Dimensions of the driving seat, including the depth and width of the seat surface, the position and inclination of the backrest, as well as the inclination of the seat surface:
      49.4.5.   Main characteristics of the driving seat: …
      49.4.6.   Adjustment system: …
      49.4.7.   Displacement and locking system in the longitudinal and vertical directions: …
      49.4.7.1.   In the case of vehicles not equipped with an adjustable seat, indicate the displacement of the steering column and pedal(s): …
      49.5.   Passenger seat(s)

      49.5.1.   Location and arrangement (8): …
      49.5.2.   Dimensions of the passenger seat(s): …
      49.5.3.   Main characteristics of the passenger seat(s): …
      49.5.4.   Requirements under standard EN 15694:2009 (Agricultural and forestry tractors. Passenger seat. Requirements and test procedures) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      49.5.5.   Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs — Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on passenger seats for ATV Type II vehicle are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      50.   OPERATING SPACE AND ACCESS TO AND EXIT OF THE VEHICLE INCLUDING DOORS AND WINDOWS
      50.1.   Operating space

      50.1.1.   Detailed photographs or drawings, including dimensions of the operating space, indicating in particular the position of the Seat reference point (S) and the dimensions of the operating space around it, the clearance between the base of the steering wheel and the fixed parts of the tractor, the locations of the control devices, rungs and necessary handrails: …
      50.1.2.   Hand-operated control devices have the minimum clearances required by point 4.5.3 of ISO 4254-1:2013 (Agricultural machinery — Safety — Part 1: General requirements) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      50.2.   Access to the driving position:

      50.2.1.   Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and handholds: …
      50.2.2.   Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs:
      50.2.2.1.   Depth clearance: … mm
      50.2.2.2.   Width clearance: … mm
      50.2.2.3.   Height clearance: … mm
      50.2.2.4.   Distance between surface of two steps: … mm
      50.2.3.   For C-category vehicles, requirements under section 3.3.5 of Annex XV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      50.2.4.   Handrails/handholds (4) provided: yes/no (4)
      50.3.   Access to other positions than the driving position:

      50.3.1.   Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and handholds: …
      50.3.2.   Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs:
      50.3.2.1.   Depth clearance: … mm
      50.3.2.2.   Width clearance: … mm
      50.3.2.3.   Height clearance: … mm
      50.3.2.4.   Distance between surface of two steps: … mm
      50.3.3.   Handrails/handholds (4) provided: yes/no (4)
      50.4.   Occupant doors, latches and hinges

      50.4.1.   Number of doors, and its configuration, dimensions and maximum angle of opening (5): …
      50.4.2.   Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: …
      50.4.3.   Technical description of latches and hinges: …
      50.4.4.   Vehicle doors, with powered windows and powered roof hatches, if fitted, complying with paragraphs 5.8.1 to 5.8.5 of UNECE Regulation No 21(OJ L 188, 16.7.2008, p. 32): yes/no (4)
      50.5.   Windows and emergency exit(s)

      50.5.1.   Photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view of the arrangement of windows and emergency exits, as well as of any additional means to facilitate the evacuation: …
      50.5.2.   Number of windows: … and of emergency exits: …
      50.5.3.   Dimensions of windows: … mm × … mm and of emergency exits: … mm × … mm
      50.5.4.   Means to overcome differences in height exceeding 1 000 mm to facilitate the evacuation, if fitted: …
      51.   POWER TAKE-OFF(S)
      51.1.   Number of power take-offs: …
      51.2.   Main power take-off

      51.2.1.   Position: front/rear/other (4) (if other specify: …)
      51.2.2.   Revolutions per minute: …
      51.2.2.1.   Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine: …
      51.2.4.   Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code 2 (57) or ISO 789-1:1990 (Agricultural tractors — Test procedures — Part 1: Power tests for power take-off))

                  Rated speed PTO
                  (min– 1)

                  Corresponding engine speed
                  (min– 1)

                  Power
                  (kW)

                  1-540

                  …

                  …

                  2-1 000

                  …

                  …

                  540E

                  1 000E

            51.2.3.   Power take-off guard (description, dimensions, drawings, photographs): …
      51.3.   Secondary power take-off (if any)

      51.3.1.   Position: front/rear/other (4) (if other specify: …)
      51.3.2.   Revolutions per minute: …
      51.3.2.1.   Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine: …
      51.2.3.   Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code 2 (57) or ISO 789-1:1990 (Agricultural tractors — Test procedures — Part 1: Power tests for power take-off))

                  Rated speed PTO
                  (min– 1)

                  Corresponding engine speed
                  (min– 1)

                  Power
                  (kW)

                  1-540

                  …

                  …

                  2-1 000

                  …

                  …

                  540E

                  1 000E

            51.3.4.   Power take-off guard(s) (description, dimensions, drawings, photographs): …
      51.4.   Rear power take-off

      51.4.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 500-1:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Rear-mounted power take-off types 1, 2, 3 and 4 — Part 1: General specifications, safety requirements, dimensions for master shield and clearance zone) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      51.4.2.   Requirements under standard ISO 500-2:2004 (Agricultural tractors — Rear-mounted power take-off types 1, 2 and 3 — Part 2: Narrow-track tractors, dimensions for master shield and clearance zone) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      51.5.   Front power take-off

      51.5.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 8759-1:1998 (Agricultural wheeled tractors — Front-mounted equipment — Part 1: Power take-off and three-point linkage), with the exception of its clause 4.2, are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      52.   PROTECTION OF DRIVE COMPONENTS, EXHAUST SYSTEM, GUARDS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES
      52.1.   Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the protection devices with dimensions showing the safety distances for avoiding contact with dangerous parts and the protective devices fitted for protection on dangerous points, at least for the following components:
      52.1.1.   Control devices: …
      52.1.2.   Rear three point lifting mechanism: …
      52.1.3.   Front three point lifting mechanism: …
      52.1.4.   Driving seat and environment: …
      52.1.5.   Passenger seat(s) (if any): …
      52.1.6.   Steering and swing axle: …
      52.1.7.   Transmission shafts fixed on the tractor: …
      52.1.8.   Clearance zone around the drive wheels: …
      52.1.9.   Engine hood: …
      52.1.10.   Protection against hot surfaces: …
      52.1.11.   Exhaust system: …
      52.1.12.   Wheels: …
      52.2.   Description (including photographs and drawings, if necessary) of the protective devices employed for:
      52.2.1.   Single surface protection: …
      52.2.2.   Multi-surface protection: …
      52.2.3.   Protection by total encapsulation: …
      52.2.4.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
      52.3.   Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs — Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on hot surfaces are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      52.4.   Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the layout and marking of flexible hydraulic hoses: …
      52.5.   For R-category vehicles with tipping capability, description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the support devices for service and maintenance: …
      52.6.   Description and identification (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the greasing points and the means to access them: …
      53.   SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES
      53.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-1:2006 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 1: Anchorage location requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      53.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages: …
      53.3.   Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …
      53.4.   Designation of the types of belts (14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicles

                     Anchorage location

                  Vehicle structure

                  Seat structure

                  Driver's seat

                  Lower anchorages

                  outboard
                  inboard

                  Upper anchorages

                  Passenger seat
                  1

                  Lower anchorages

                  outboard
                  inboard

                  Upper anchorages

                  Passenger seat
                  …

                  Lower anchorages

                  outboard
                  inboard

                  Upper anchorages

            53.4.1.   Observation: …
      53.5.   Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …
      53.6.   Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …
      53.7.   Alternative to entries 53.2 to 53.6.

      53.7.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-2:2013 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 2: Anchorage strength requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.2.   Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 14 (OJ L 109, 28.4.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.3.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.4.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.5.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.6.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      53.7.7   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      54.   SAFETY BELTS
      54.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-3:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 3: Requirements for assemblies) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      54.2.   Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 16 (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      54.3.   Number and position of safety belts and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:

         Safety belt configuration and associated information

                  Complete EU type-approval mark

                  Variant, if applicable

                  Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)

                  Driver's seat

                  L

                  C

                  R

                  Passenger seat
                  1

                  L

                  C

                  R

                  Passenger seat
                  …

                  L

                  C

                  R

                  L = left, C= centre, R=right

            54.4.   Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …
      55.   PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)
      55.1.   T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications

      55.1.1.   Requirements under ISO 8084:2003 (Machinery for forestry — Operator protective structures — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      55.2.   All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with OPS

      55.2.1.   Requirements under Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119) on safety glazing are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      56.   OPERATOR'S MANUAL, INFORMATION WARNINGS AND MARKINGS
      56.1.   Operator's manual

      56.1.1.   Requirements under ISO 3600:1996 (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Operator's manuals — Content and presentation), with the exception of section 4.3 (Machine identification), are met: yes/no (4)
      56.1.2.   Information requested under Annex XXII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 is provided in the operator's manual: yes/no (4)
      56.2.   Information, warnings and markings

      56.2.1.   Requirements under ISO 3767 Parts 1 (1998+A2:2012) (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays — Part 1: Common symbols) and, if applicable, Part 2 (:2008) (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays — Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      56.2.2.   Alternatively to entry 56.2.1, requirements under UNECE Regulation No 60 (OJ L 95, 31.3.2004, p. 10) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      56.2.3.   Requirements under ISO 11684:1995 (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Safety signs and hazard pictorials — General principles) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      56.2.4.   Requirements under ISO 7010:2011 (Graphical symbols — Safety colours and safety signs — Registered safety signs) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      56.3.   Description, colour coding and means for the identification of flow directions of hydraulic couplings (including drawings, sketches or photos): …
      56.4.   Description, colour coding and means of identification of safe jacking points (including drawings, sketches or photos): …
      57.   DRIVER-OPERATED CONTROL DEVICES INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF CONTROL DEVICES, TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS
      57.1.   Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, tell-tales and indicators: …
      57.2.   Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is mandatory, and symbols to be used for that purpose

                  Symbol No

                  Device

                  Control/indicator available (15)

                  Identified by symbol (15)

                  Where (16)

                  Tell-tale available (15)

                  Identified by symbol (15)

                  Where (16)

                  1

                  Dipped-beam head lamps

                  2

                  Main-beam head lamps

                  3

                  Position (side) lamps

                  4

                  Front fog lamps

                  5

                  Rear fog lamp

                  6

                  Headlamp levelling device

                  7

                  Parking lamps

                  8

                  Direction indicators

                  9

                  Hazard warning

                  10

                  Windscreen wiper

                  11

                  Windscreen washer

                  12

                  Windscreen wiper and washer

                  13

                  Headlamp cleaning device

                  14

                  Windscreen demisting and defrosting

                  15

                  Rear window demisting and defrosting

                  16

                  Ventilating fan

                  17

                  Diesel pre-heat

                  18

                  Choke

                  19

                  Brake failure

                  20

                  Fuel level

                  21

                  Battery charging condition

                  22

                  Engine coolant temperature

                  23

                  Malfunction indicator light (MI)

            57.3.   Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is optional, and symbols which shall be used if they are to be identified

                  Symbol No

                  Device

                  Control/indicator available (17)

                  Identified by symbol (17)

                  Where (18)

                  Tell-tale available (17)

                  Identified by symbol (17)

                  Where (18)

                  1

                  Parking brake

                  2

                  Rear window wiper

                  3

                  Rear window washer

                  4

                  Rear window wiper and washer

                  5

                  Intermittent windscreen wiper

                  6

                  Audible warning device

                  7

                  Hood

                  8

                  Seat belt

                  9

                  Engine oil pressure

                  10

                  Unleaded petrol

                  11

                  …

                  12

                  …

            57.4.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the various control devices in the interior of the vehicle and showing for tractors without enclosed cab, how the accessibility to internal control devices from the ground has been avoided: …
      57.5.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the various control devices in the exterior of the vehicle and indicating the front and the rear hazard zones in accordance with Appendix 1 to Annex XXIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: …
      57.5.   Requirements under Annexes A and C to standard ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture — Operator controls — Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      57.6.   Requirements under paragraph 4.5.3 of standard ISO 4254-1:2013 (Agricultural machinery — Safety — Part 1: General requirements), with the exception of fingertip operation control devices, are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      57.7.   Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs — Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on throttle control and manual clutch control are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      57.8.   For vehicles of T- and C-category, requirements under standard ISO 10975:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Auto-guidance systems for operator-controlled tractors and self-propelled machines — Safety requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
      58.   PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
      58.1.   Brief description (including drawings and photographs) of the air delivery and filtration system, including the devices to obtain a positive differential within the cab and the air flow of fresh filtered air: …
      58.2.   Requirements under standard EN 15695-1 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 1: Cab classification, requirements and test procedures): category 1/category 2/category 3 category 4 (4) on cab classification with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      58.3.   Requirements under standard EN 15695-2 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 2: Filters, requirements and test procedures): Dust filter/Aerosol filter/Vapour filter (4) on filters with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
      59.   FOR T- AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES, MACHINERY (63) MOUNTED ON THE VEHICLE
      59.1.   General description of the machinery and its inter-action with the vehicle: …
      59.2.   Overall drawing of the machinery and drawings of the control circuits, as well as the pertinent descriptions and explanations necessary for understanding the operation of the machinery: …

         (1)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 of 8 December 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 42, 17.2.2015, p. 1).

         (2)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 of 19 September 2014 supplementing and amending Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle construction and general requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 364, 18.12.2014, p. 1).

         (3)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 of 1 October 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 16, 23.1.2015, p. 1).

         (4)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 of 15 October 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle braking requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 17, 23.1.2015, p. 1).

         (5)  Contracting parties to the revised 1958 Agreement.

         (6)  To be indicated if not obtainable from the type-approval number.

         (7)  The approval authority shall complete the references for the test reports, established by regulatory acts, for which no type-approval certificate is available.

         (8)  According to the tyre specification.

         (9)  Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column; for R- or S-category vehicles this column(s) concerns the rear coupling devices if there is such a device.

         (10)  As recommended by the manufacturer.

         (11)  According to the track roller specification.

         (12)  Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column.

         (13)  Continuously variable transmission.

         (14)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 7, 10.1.2014, p. 1).

         (15)

                  x

                  =

                  yes

                  -

                  =

                  no or not separately available

                  o

                  =

                  optional.

         (16)

                  d

                  =

                  directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

                  c

                  =

                  in close vicinity.

         (17)

                  x

                  =

                  yes

                  -

                  =

                  no or not separately available

                  o

                  =

                  optional.

         (18)

                  d

                  =

                  directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

                  c

                  =

                  in close vicinity.

         Appendix 1

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of an engine/engine family system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         2.5.   Additional general information for engines

         2.5.1.   Type-approval of: engine type/engine family (4): …
         2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …
         2.5.3.   Commercial description of the parent- and (if applicable) of the family engine: …
         2.5.4.   Additional marks for engines

         2.5.4.1.   Location, coding and method of affixing the engine identification number: …
         2.5.4.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the engine identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
         5.   GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
         5.1.   Maximum vehicle speed
         5.1.1.   Forward maximum vehicle speed
         5.1.1.1.   Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.1.2.   Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
         5.1.1.3.   Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)
         5.1.2.   Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
         5.1.2.1.   Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.2.2.   Measured rearward maximum vehicle speed (41): … km/h
         5.2.   Rated engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.3.   Maximum engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.4.   Maximum engine torque: … Nm, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.5.   Fuel type (9): …
         B.   INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

         6.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE (4)
         6.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4)
         6.2.   Bore (12) … mm
         6.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
         6.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
         6.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

         6.6.   Rated speed: …
         6.7.   Maximum torque speed: …
         6.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
         6.9.   Combustion system description: …
         6.10.   Drawing(s) of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
         6.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
         6.12.   Cooling system
         6.12.1.   Liquid
         6.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
         6.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
         6.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
         6.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         6.12.2.   Air
         6.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
         6.12.2.1.1.   Characteristics of the blower …
         6.12.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         6.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer
         6.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
         6.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
         6.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
         6.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
         6.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
         6.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
         minimum: … K, maximum: … K
         6.14.   Pressure charger
         6.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
         6.14.2.   Make: …
         6.14.3.   Type: …
         6.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
         6.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
         6.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         6.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         6.17.   Measures taken against air pollution
         6.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
         6.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
         6.17.2.1.2.   Type …
         6.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
         6.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
         6.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
         6.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
         6.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
         6.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
         6.17.2.1.9.   Cell density: …
         6.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
         6.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         6.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
         6.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
         6.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
         6.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
         6.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
         6.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
         6.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
         6.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
         6.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
         6.17.2.1.17.   EGR: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.17.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
         6.17.2.1.18.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.18.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
         6.17.2.1.18.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
         6.17.2.1.18.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         6.17.2.1.18.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
         6.17.2.1.18.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
         6.17.2.1.19.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.19.1.   Description and operation: …
         6.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines
         6.18.1.   Feed pump
         6.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.   Injection system
         6.18.2.1.   Pump
         6.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
         6.18.2.2.   Injection advance:

                     6.18.2.2.1.

                     Injection advance curve (7): …

                     6.18.2.2.2.

                     Timing (7): …

               6.18.2.3.   Injection piping:

                     6.18.2.3.1.

                     Length: … mm

                     6.18.2.3.2.

                     Internal diameter: … mm

               6.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
         6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.4.   Governor
         6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
         6.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
         6.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
         6.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
         6.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
         6.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
         6.19.   Fuel for petrol engines
         6.19.1.   Carburettor: …
         6.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
         6.19.2.1   Make(s): …
         6.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
         6.19.3.   Direct injection: …
         6.19.3.1   Make(s): …
         6.19.3.2.   Type(s): …
         6.20.   Valve timing
         6.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
         6.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
         6.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)
         6.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
         6.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
         6.21.   Porting configuration
         6.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
         6.22.   Ignition system
         6.22.1.   Ignition coil
         6.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.1.3.   Number: …
         6.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
         6.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.3.   Magneto: …
         6.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
         6.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
         6.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …
         7.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE FAMILY
         7.1.   Common parameters (56)
         7.1.1   Combustion cycle: …
         7.1.2   Cooling medium …
         7.1.3   Method of air aspiration: …
         7.1.4   Combustion chamber type and design: …
         7.1.5   Valve and porting configuration, size and number: …
         7.1.6   Fuel system: …
         7.1.7   Engine management systems (proof of identity pursuant to drawing number(s))
         7.1.7.1.   Charge cooling system …
         7.1.7.2.   Exhaust gas recirculation (3): …
         7.1.7.3.   Water injection/emulsion (4) (3): …
         7.1.7.4.   Air injection (3): …
         7.1.8   Exhaust after-treatment system (3): …
         7.2.   Engine family listing
         7.2.1.   Name of engine family: …
         7.2.2.   Specifications of engines within the family:

                     Parent engine

                     Engines within the family

                     Engine type

                     Number of cylinders

                     Rated speed (min– 1)

                     Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at rated net power

                     Rated net power (kW)

                     Maximum power speed (min– 1)

                     Maximum net power (kW)

                     Maximum torque speed (min– 1)

                     Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at maximum torque

                     Maximum torque (Nm)

                     Low Idle speed (min– 1)

                     Cylinder displacement (in % of parent engine)

                     100

               8.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE TYPE WITHIN THE FAMILY
         8.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4): …
         8.2.   Bore (12): … mm
         8.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
         8.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
         8.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

         8.6.   Rated speed …
         8.7.   Maximum torque speed …
         8.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
         8.9.   Combustion system description: …
         8.10.   Drawings of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
         8.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
         8.12.   Cooling system
         8.12.1.   Liquid
         8.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
         8.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
         8.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
         8.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         8.12.2.   Air
         8.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
         8.12.2.1.1.1   Characteristics of the blower. …
         8.12.1.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         8.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer
         8.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
         8.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
         8.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
         8.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
         8.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
         8.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
         minimum: … K, maximum: … K
         8.14.   Pressure charger
         8.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
         8.14.2.   Make: …
         8.14.3.   Type: …
         8.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
         8.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
         8.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         8.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         8.17.   Measures taken against air pollution
         8.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
         8.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
         8.17.2.1.2.   Type …
         8.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
         8.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
         8.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
         8.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
         8.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
         8.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
         8.17.2.1.9.   Cell density: …
         8.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
         8.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         8.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
         8.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
         8.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
         8.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
         8.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
         8.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
         8.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
         8.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
         8.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other specify: …)
         8.17.2.1.16.   EGR: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.16.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
         8.17.2.1.17.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.17.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
         8.17.2.1.17.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
         8.17.2.1.17.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         8.17.2.1.17.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
         8.17.2.1.17.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
         8.17.2.1.18.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.18.1.   Description and operation: …
         8.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines
         8.18.1.   Feed pump
         8.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.   Injection system
         8.18.2.1.   Pump
         8.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
         8.18.2.2.   Injection advance:

                     8.18.2.2.1.

                     Injection advance curve (7): …

                     8.18.2.2.2.

                     Timing (7): …

               8.18.2.3.   Injection piping:

                     8.18.2.3.1.

                     Length: … mm

                     8.18.2.3.2.

                     Internal diameter: … mm

               8.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
         8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.4.   Governor
         8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
         8.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
         8.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
         8.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
         8.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
         8.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
         8.19.   Fuel for petrol engines
         8.19.1.   Carburettor: …
         8.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
         8.19.2.1   Make(s): …
         8.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
         8.19.3.   Direct injection: …
         8.19.3.1   Make(s): …
         8.19.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.20.   Valve timing
         8.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
         8.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
         8.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)
         8.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
         8.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
         8.21.   Porting configuration
         8.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
         8.22.   Ignition system
         8.22.1.   Ignition coil
         8.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.1.3.   Number: …
         8.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
         8.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.3.   Magneto: …
         8.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
         8.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
         8.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …

         Appendix 2

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an external sound level system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         2.5.   Additional general information for engines

         2.5.1.   Type-approval of: engine type/engine family (4): …
         2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …
         2.5.3.   Commercial description of the parent- and (if applicable) of the family engine: …
         2.5.4.   Additional marks for engines

         2.5.4.1.   Location, coding and method of affixing the engine identification number: …
         2.5.4.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the engine identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
         5.   GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
         5.1.   Maximum vehicle speed

         5.1.1.   Forward maximum vehicle speed

         5.1.1.1.   Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.1.2.   Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
         5.1.1.3.   Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)
         5.1.2.   Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
         5.1.2.1.   Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.2.2.   Measured rearward maximum vehicle speed (41): … km/h
         5.2.   Rated engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.3.   Maximum engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.4.   Maximum engine torque: … Nm, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.5.   Fuel type (9): …
         10.   EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL
         10.1.   External sound level declared by the manufacturer
         10.1.1.   Moving: … dB(A)
         10.1.2   Stationary: … dB(A)
         10.1.3.   At engine speed: … min– 1

         10.2.   Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust system (including the air intake system, the devices for noise and tailpipe emission control):
         10.3.   Air-intake system
         10.3.1.   Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos) (10):
         10.3.2.   Air filter
         10.3.2.1.   Photographs and/or drawings:
         10.3.2.2.   Make:
         10.3.2.3.   Type:
         10.3.3.   Intake silencer
         10.3.3.1.   Photographs and/or drawings:
         10.3.3.2.   Make:
         10.3.3.3.   Type:
         10.4.   Exhaust system
         10.4.1.   Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold (10):
         10.4.2.   Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust system that are not part of the engine system:
         10.4.3.   Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         10.4.4.   Type, marking of the exhaust noise-abatement device(s):
         10.4.4.1.   Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials: yes/no (4):
         10.4.5.   Exhaust system volume: … dm3

         10.4.6.   Location of the exhaust outlet:
         10.4.7.   Additional noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment and on the engine for external noise (if any):
         10.5.   Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not covered by other items):

         Appendix 3

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         2.5.   Additional general information for engines

         2.5.1.   Type-approval of: engine type/engine family (4): …
         2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …
         2.5.3.   Commercial description of the parent- and (if applicable) of the family engine: …
         2.5.4.   Additional marks for engines

         2.5.4.1.   Location, coding and method of affixing the engine identification number: …
         2.5.4.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the engine identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
         5.   GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
         5.2.   Rated engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.3.   Maximum engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.4.   Maximum engine torque: … Nm, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.5.   Fuel type (9): …
         B.   INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

         6.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE (4)
         6.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4)
         6.2.   Bore (12) … mm
         6.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
         6.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
         6.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

         6.6.   Rated speed: …
         6.7.   Maximum torque speed: …
         6.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
         6.9.   Combustion system description: …
         6.10.   Drawing(s) of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
         6.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
         6.12.   Cooling system

         6.12.1.   Liquid

         6.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
         6.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
         6.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
         6.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         6.12.2.   Air

         6.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
         6.12.2.1.1.   Characteristics of the blower …
         6.12.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         6.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer

         6.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
         6.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
         6.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
         6.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
         6.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
         6.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
         minimum: … K, maximum: … K
         6.14.   Pressure charger

         6.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
         6.14.2.   Make: …
         6.14.3.   Type: …
         6.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
         6.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
         6.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         6.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         6.17.   Measures taken against air pollution

         6.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
         6.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
         6.17.2.1.2.   Type …
         6.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
         6.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
         6.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
         6.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
         6.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
         6.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
         6.17.2.1.9.   Cell density:
         6.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
         6.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         6.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
         6.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
         6.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
         6.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
         6.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
         6.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
         6.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
         6.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
         6.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
         6.17.2.1.17.   EGR: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.17.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
         6.17.2.1.18.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.18.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
         6.17.2.1.18.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
         6.17.2.1.18.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         6.17.2.1.18.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
         6.17.2.1.18.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
         6.17.2.1.19.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
         6.17.2.1.19.1.   Description and operation: …
         6.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines

         6.18.1.   Feed pump

         6.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.   Injection system

         6.18.2.1.   Pump
         6.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
         6.18.2.2.   Injection advance:
         6.18.2.2.1.   Injection advance curve (7): …
         6.18.2.2.2.   Timing (7): …
         6.18.2.3.   Injection piping:
         6.18.2.3.1.   Length: … mm
         6.18.2.3.2.   Internal diameter: … mm
         6.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
         6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
         6.18.2.4.   Governor
         6.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         6.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
         6.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
         6.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
         6.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
         6.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
         6.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
         6.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
         6.19.   Fuel for petrol engines

         6.19.1.   Carburettor: …
         6.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
         6.19.2.1   Make(s): …
         6.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
         6.19.3.   Direct injection: …
         6.19.3.1   Make(s): …
         6.19.4.2.   Type(s): …
         6.20.   Valve timing

         6.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
         6.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
         6.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)

         6.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
         6.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
         6.21.   Porting configuration

         6.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
         6.22.   Ignition system

         6.22.1.   Ignition coil

         6.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.1.3.   Number: …
         6.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
         6.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.3.   Magneto: …
         6.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
         6.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
         6.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
         6.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
         6.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …
         7.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE FAMILY
         7.1.   Common parameters (56)
         7.1.1   Combustion cycle: …
         7.1.2   Cooling medium …
         7.1.3   Method of air aspiration: …
         7.1.4   Combustion chamber type and design: …
         7.1.5   Valve and porting configuration, size and number: …
         7.1.6   Fuel system: …
         7.1.7   Engine management systems (proof of identity pursuant to drawing number(s))

         7.1.7.1.   Charge cooling system …
         7.1.7.2.   Exhaust gas recirculation (3): …
         7.1.7.3.   Water injection/emulsion (4) (3): …
         7.1.7.4.   Air injection (3): …
         7.1.8   Exhaust after-treatment system (3): …
         7.2.   Engine family listing

         7.2.1.   Name of engine family: …
         7.2.2.   Specifications of engines within the family:

                     Parent engine

                     Engines within the family

                     Engine type

                     Number of cylinders

                     Rated speed (min– 1)

                     Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at rated net power

                     Rated net power (kW)

                     Maximum power speed (min– 1)

                     Maximum net power (kW)

                     Maximum torque speed (min– 1)

                     Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) for diesel engines, fuel flow (g/h) for petrol engines, at maximum torque

                     Maximum torque (Nm)

                     Low Idle speed (min– 1)

                     Cylinder displacement (in % of parent engine)

                     100

               8.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE TYPE WITHIN THE FAMILY
         8.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4): …
         8.2.   Bore (12): … mm
         8.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
         8.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
         8.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

         8.6.   Rated speed …
         8.7.   Maximum torque speed …
         8.8.   Volumetric compression ratio (7): …
         8.9.   Combustion system description: …
         8.10.   Drawings of combustion chamber and piston crown: …
         8.11.   Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports: …
         8.12.   Cooling system

         8.12.1.   Liquid

         8.12.1.1.   Nature of liquid: …
         8.12.1.2.   Circulating pumps: yes/no (4)
         8.12.1.2.1.   Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the circulating pumps: …
         8.12.1.2.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         8.12.2.   Air

         8.12.2.1.   Blower: yes/no (4)
         8.12.2.1.1.1   Characteristics of the blower. …
         8.12.1.2.1.2.   Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): …
         8.13.   Temperature permitted by the manufacturer

         8.13.1.   Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet: … K
         8.13.2.   Air cooling: reference point …
         8.13.2.1.   Maximum temperature at reference point: … K
         8.13.3.   Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet (if applicable): … K
         8.13.4.   Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s): … K
         8.13.5.   Lubricant temperature:
         minimum: … K, maximum: … K
         8.14.   Pressure charger

         8.14.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no (4)
         8.14.2.   Make: …
         8.14.3.   Type: …
         8.14.4.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, waste gate, if applicable): …
         8.14.5.   Intercooler: yes/no (4)
         8.15.   Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         8.16.   Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
         8.17.   Measures taken against air pollution

         8.17.1.   Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.   Additional anti-pollution devices (if any):
         8.17.2.1.   Catalytic converter: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.1.   Make: …
         8.17.2.1.2.   Type …
         8.17.2.1.3.   Number of catalytic converters and elements …
         8.17.2.1.4.   Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
         8.17.2.1.5.   Type of catalytic action …
         8.17.2.1.6.   Total charge of precious metals: …
         8.17.2.1.7.   Relative concentration: …
         8.17.2.1.8.   Substrate (structure and material): …
         8.17.2.1.9.   Cell density: …
         8.17.2.1.10.   Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
         8.17.2.1.11.   Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         8.17.2.1.12.   Normal operating range: … K
         8.17.2.1.13.   Consumable reagent (where appropriate) …
         8.17.2.1.13.1.   Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …
         8.17.2.1.13.2.   Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
         8.17.2.1.13.3.   International standard (if applicable): …
         8.17.2.1.14.   NOx sensor: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.15.   Oxygen sensor: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.15.1.   Make: …
         8.17.2.1.15.2.   Type …
         8.17.2.1.15.3.   Location: …
         8.17.2.1.16.   Air injection: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.16.1.   Type: pulse air/air pump/other (4) (if other specify: …)
         8.17.2.1.16.   EGR: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.16.1.   Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.): …
         8.17.2.1.17.   Particulate trap: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.17.1.   Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap: …
         8.17.2.1.17.2.   Type and design of the particulate trap: …
         8.17.2.1.17.3.   Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine: …
         8.17.2.1.17.4.   Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …
         8.17.2.1.17.5.   Normal operating temperature range: … K and pressure range: … kPa
         8.17.2.1.18.   Other systems: yes/no (4)
         8.17.2.1.18.1.   Description and operation: …
         8.18.   Fuel feed for diesel engines

         8.18.1.   Feed pump

         8.18.1.1   Pressure (7) … kPa or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.   Injection system

         8.18.2.1.   Pump
         8.18.2.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.18.2.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.1.3.   Delivery: … and … mm3 (7) per stroke or cycle at full injection at pump speed of: … rpm (rated) and: … rpm (maximum torque) respectively, or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.1.3.1.   Method used: on engine/on pump bench (4)
         8.18.2.2.   Injection advance:
         8.18.2.2.1.   Injection advance curve (7): …
         8.18.2.2.2.   Timing (7): …
         8.18.2.3.   Injection piping:
         8.18.2.3.1.   Length: … mm
         8.18.2.3.2.   Internal diameter: … mm
         8.18.2.4.   Injector(s)
         8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.4.3.   Opening pressure (7): … kPa, or characteristic diagram: …
         8.18.2.4.   Governor
         8.18.2.4.1.   Make(s) …
         8.18.2.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.4.3.   Speed at which cut-off starts under full load (7): …
         8.18.2.4.4.   Maximum no-load speed (7): …
         8.18.2.4.5.   Idling speed (7): …
         8.18.2.5.   Cold-start system
         8.18.2.5.1.   Make(s): …
         8.18.2.5.2.   Type(s): …
         8.18.2.5.3.   Description: …
         8.19.   Fuel for petrol engines

         8.19.1.   Carburettor: …
         8.19.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.19.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.19.2.   Port fuel injection: single-point/multi-point (4)
         8.19.2.1   Make(s): …
         8.19.2.2.   Type(s): …
         8.19.3.   Direct injection: …
         8.19.3.1   Make(s): …
         8.19.4.2.   Type(s): …
         8.20.   Valve timing

         8.20.1.   Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to dead centre or equivalent data: …
         8.20.2.   Reference and/or setting range (4): …
         8.20.3.   Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake and/or exhaust)

         8.20.3.1.   Type: continuous type/on/off type (4)
         8.20.3.2   Cam phase shift angle: …
         8.21.   Porting configuration

         8.21.1.   Position, size and numbering: …
         8.22.   Ignition system

         8.22.1.   Ignition coil

         8.22.1.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.1.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.1.3.   Number: …
         8.22.2.   Spark plug(s): …
         8.22.2.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.2.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.3.   Magneto: …
         8.22.3.1.   Make(s): …
         8.22.3.2.   Type(s): …
         8.22.4.   Ignition timing: …
         8.22.4.1.   Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle degrees): …
         8.22.4.2.   Advance curve (if applicable): …

         Appendix 4

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver information system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         20.   DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
         20.1.   Requirements under ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture — Operator controls — Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) Annex B on operator controls associated with virtual terminals are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

         Appendix 5

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         3.   GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
         3.1.   Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
         3.2.   Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
         21.   INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
         21.1.   List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale); the list may include several types of device for each function; in addition, the list may include in respect of each function the additional annotation ‘or equivalent devices’: …
         21.2.   A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle: …
         21.3.   Dimensioned sketches of the exterior of the vehicle showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices, number and colour of lights: …
         21.4.   For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information:
         21.4.1.   Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …
         21.4.2.   Method used to define the apparent surface: …
         21.4.3.   Axis of reference and centre of reference: …
         21.4.4.   Method of operation of concealable lamps: …
         21.5.   Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable) (4): …
         21.5.1.   Control device: …
         21.5.2.   Reference marks: …
         21.5.3.   Marks assigned for loading conditions: …
         21.6.   For R- and S-category vehicles, description of the power connection for lighting and light-signalling devices: …
         21.7.   Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …

         Appendix 6

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an electro-magnetic compatibility system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         24.   ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
         24.1.   Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (60), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions: …
         24.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         24.3.   Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         24.4.   Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:

                     24.4.1.

                     Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …

                     24.4.2.

                     Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …

                     24.4.3.

                     Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …

                     24.4.4.

                     Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …

         Appendix 7

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of audible warning device(s) system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         25.   AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
         25.1.   Component type-approval for an audible warning device granted according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the UNECE Regulation No 28 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         25.2.   Summary description of device(s) used: …
         25.3.   Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …
         25.4.   Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are) attached: …
         25.5.   Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …
         25.5.1.   Voltage: AC/DC (4)
         25.5.2.   Rated voltage or pressure: …
         25.6.   Drawing of the mounting device: …

         Appendix 8

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of rear-view mirror as a system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         18.   REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
         18.1.   Number and class(es) of the mirrors: …
         18.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 46 (OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 211) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         18.3.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 81 (OJ L 185, 13.7.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         18.4.   Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …
         18.5.   Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …
         18.6.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components of the adjustment system: …
         18.7   Technical description of the defrosting and demisting system of the mirrors: …
         18.8.   Optional equipment that might restrict the field of vision to the rear: …
         18.9.   Field of vision for rear view mirror(s) of class II

         18.9.1.   Complies with point 5.1 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no (4).
         18.9.2.   Alternatively to entry 18.9.1, requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operators field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).
         19.   DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
         19.1.   Type and characteristics (such as a complete description of the device): …
         19.2.   In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour (4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor (4): …
         19.3.   Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions: …
         19.4.   Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operators field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

         Appendix 9

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of a crawler undercarriage system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         3.   GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
         3.1.   Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
         3.2.   Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
         3.3.   For T- and C-category vehicles:

         3.3.1.   Number of axles and wheels: …
         3.3.2.   Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
         3.3.3.   Number and position of steered axles (23): …
         3.3.4.   Number and position of powered axles (23): …
         3.3.5.   Number and position of braked axles (23): …
         3.4.   For C-category vehicles

         3.4.1.   Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
         3.4.2.   Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
         3.4.3.   Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …
         3.4.4.   Steering for C-category vehicles

         3.4.4.1.   Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.2.   Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.3.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.4.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.5.   Chassis

         3.5.1.   Chassis overall drawing: …
         3.5.2.   Type of chassis for categories T and C: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
         4.   MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
         (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)
         4.1   Range of vehicle mass (overall)

         4.1.1.   Unladen mass

         4.1.1.1.   Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):
         4.1.1.1.1.   Maximum: … kg (30)
         4.1.1.1.2.   Minimum: … kg (30)
         4.1.1.1.3.   Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg
         4.1.1.1.4.   In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg
         4.1.2.   Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer

         4.1.2.1.   Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
         4.1.2.1.1   Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …:… kg
         4.1.2.1.2.   In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg
         4.1.2.1.3.   Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %
         4.1.2.2.   Mass(es) and tyre(s)

                     Tyre combi-nation No

                     Axle No

                     Tyre dimension including load capacity index and speed category symbol

                     Rolling radius (1) [mm]

                     Rim Size

                     Off-set

                     Tyre Load rating per tyre [kg]

                     Maximum permissible mass per axle [kg] (1)

                     Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg] (1)

                     Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] (1)
                         (2)

                     Tyre pressure [kPa] (3)

                     On-road use

                     Off-road use

                     1

                     1

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     2

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     2

                     1

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     2

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     1

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     2

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

               4.1.2.3.   Mass(es) and crawler undercarriage

                     Set of track trains No

                     Track dimensions

                     Average contact pressure on the ground [kPa]

                     Maximum load per track roller [kg] (4)

                     Maximum permissible mass per set of track trains [kg] (4)

                     Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg] (4)

                     Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] (4)
                         (5)

                     length [mm]

                     width [mm]

                     1

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     2

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     …

               4.1.2.4.   Payload(s) (13): … kg
         4.1.3.   Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicle for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):

                     R- and S category vehicle
                     Brake

                     Drawbar

                     Rigid drawbar

                     Centre-axle

                     Unbraked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     Inertia-braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

               4.1.4.   Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:

                     R- and S category vehicle
                     Brake

                     Drawbar

                     Rigid drawbar

                     Centre-axle

                     Unbraked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     Inertia-braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

                     .… kg

               4.1.5.   Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (irrespective of the tyres and the rear coupling device(s)):
         4.1.5.1.   of the T and C category vehicle: … kg
         4.1.5.2.   of the R- and S-category vehicle: … kg
         4.1.5.3.   Maximum mass of the combination at maximum unbraked mass: … kg
         37.   CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
         (provide also entry 4.1.2.3)
         37.1.   Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the arrangement of the crawler undercarriage and its installation on the vehicle (including the elements inside of track belts to ensure that the track belt is guided over the rollers and the track pattern in the outside): …
         37.2.   Type of material in contact with the surface: rubber tracks/steel tracks/rubber pads on the track shoes (4)
         37.3.   Metallic tracks

         37.3.1.   Number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface (NR): …
         37.3.2.   Outer surface area of each pad (AP): … mm2

         37.4.   Rubber tracks

         37.4.1.   Total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road (AL): … mm2

         37.4.2.   Percentage of lug area versus the total surface of the belt: … %

            (1)  According to the tyre specification.

            (2)  Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column; for R- or S-category vehicles this column(s) concerns the rear coupling devices if there is such a device.

            (3)  As recommended by the manufacturer.

            (4)  according to the track roller specification.

            (5)  Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column.

         Appendix 10

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies as a STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         24.   ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
         24.1.   Schedule describing all projected combinations of the electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (60), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions: …
         24.2.   Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         24.3.   Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         24.4.   Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:

                     24.4.1.

                     Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …

                     24.4.2.

                     Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …

                     24.4.3.

                     Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …

                     24.4.4.

                     Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …

         Appendix 11

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of ballast masses as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         29.   BALLAST MASSES
         29.1.   Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings with dimensions) of the ballast masses and how they are mounted on the tractor: …
         29.1.   Number of sets of ballast masses: …
         29.1.1.   Number of components on each set: Set 1: …
         Set 2: …
         Set …
         29.2.   Mass of the components on each set: Set 1: … kg
         Set 2: … kg
         Set …: … kg
         29.2.1.   Total mass of each set: Set 1: … kg
         Set 2: … kg
         Set …: … kg
         29.3.   Total mass of ballast masses: … kg
         29.3.1.   Distribution of these masses among the axles: … kg
         29.4.   Material(s) and method of construction: …

         Appendix 12

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a lateral and/or rear protective structure as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         32.   LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION
         32.1.   Lateral protection

         32.1.5.   In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of such device(s) (including mountings and fittings): …
         32.1.5.1.   Materials used: …
         32.1.5.2.   Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
         32.1.6.   Requirements under points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III of UNECE Regulation No 73 (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         32.2.   Rear protective structure

         32.2.4.   In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear protective structure (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate technical unit, type-approval number: …
         32.2.4.1.   Materials used: …
         32.2.4.2.   Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …

         Appendix 13

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a tyre as a component

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         35.   TYRES
         35.8.   Tyre size designation: …
         35.9.   Type of vehicle(s) for which is intended for: tractor (T- and C-category vehicles)/trailer (R-category vehicles)/interchangeable towed equipment (S-category vehicles) (4)
         35.10.   Tyre construction: diagonal (bias-ply)/bias belted/radial for construction applications (4)
         35.11.   Photographs and drawing of the mould's sidewall: …
         35.12.   Load capacity index and speed category symbol …
         35.12.1.   For T- and C-category vehicles: …
         35.12.2.   For R-category vehicles: …
         35.12.3.   For S-category vehicles: …
         35.13.   Rolling resistance in accordance with ISO 28580:2009 (Passenger car, truck and bus tyres — Methods of measuring rolling resistance — Single point test and correlation of measurement results) (where applicable): …
         35.14.   Service for which is intended: drive wheel/free rolling wheel/both (4)
         35.15.   Tyre designed for use without an inner tube (tubeless): yes/no (4)
         35.16.   Inflation pressure for bead seating during tyre mounting less than: … kPa.

         Appendix 14

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a mechanical coupling as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         38.   MECHANICAL COUPLINGS
         38.1.   Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the mechanical coupling showing the required dimensions in detail, the measurements for mounting the device as well as the position of the coupling-devices:

         38.1.1.   Rear mechanical coupling: yes/no (4)
         38.1.2.   Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): yes/no (4)
         38.2.   Short technical description of the mechanical coupling specifying the type of construction and the material used

         38.5.   Description of the mechanical coupling:

                     Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):

                     …

                     Make:

                     …

                     Manufacturer's type designation:

                     …

                     Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):

                     … kg/kN (4)

                     Towable mass (T) (4) (44):

                     … tonnes

                     Vertical load on the coupling point (44):

                     … kg

                     Photographs and scale drawings of the coupling device. These drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as well as the measurements for mounting the device.

                     Short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type of construction and the material used.

                     Type of Test

                     Static/Dynamic (4)

                     (EU) type-approval mark or -number of

                                 —

                                 drawbar eyes, coupling heads or similar coupling devices that shall be attached to the mechanical coupling (in the case of hinged or rigid drawbars)

                                 —

                                 type-approval mark or -number of mechanical couplings that shall be attached to the ladder frame/trailer hitch support (if restricted to certain types):

                     …

               38.6.   Component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted under UNECE Regulation No 55 (OJ L 227, 28.8.2010, p. 1), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

         Appendix 15

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a braking system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         3.   GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
         3.1.   Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
         3.2.   Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
         3.3.   For T- and C-category vehicles:

         3.3.1.   Number of axles and wheels: …
         3.3.2.   Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
         3.3.3.   Number and position of steered axles (23): …
         3.3.4.   Number and position of powered axles (23): …
         3.3.5.   Number and position of braked axles (23): …
         3.4.   For C-category vehicles

         3.4.1.   Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
         3.4.2.   Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
         3.4.3.   Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …
         3.4.4.   Steering for C-category vehicles

         3.4.4.1.   Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.2.   Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.3.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.4.4.4.   Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         3.5.   Chassis

         3.5.1.   Chassis overall drawing: …
         3.5.2.   Type of chassis for categories T and C: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
         3.5.3.   Type of chassis for categories R and S: drawbar/rigid drawbar/centre-axle/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
         3.12.   For R- and S-category vehicles, type of braking: unbraked/inertia-braked/continuous braked/semi-continuous braked/hydraulic braked/pneumatic braked (4)
         4.   MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
         (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)
         4.1   Range of vehicle mass (overall)

         4.1.1.   Unladen mass

         4.1.1.1.   Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):
         4.1.1.1.1.   Maximum: … kg (30)
         4.1.1.1.2.   Minimum: … kg (30)
         4.1.1.1.3.   Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg
         4.1.1.1.4.   In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg
         4.1.2.   Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer

         4.1.2.1.   Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
         4.1.2.1.1   Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …: … kg
         4.1.2.1.2.   In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg
         4.1.2.1.3.   Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %
         4.1.2.4.   Payload(s) (13): … kg
         4.1.3.   Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicle for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):

                     R- and S category vehicle
                     Brake

                     Drawbar

                     Rigid drawbar

                     Centre-axle

                     Unbraked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     Inertia-braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

               4.1.4.   Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:

                     R- and S category vehicle
                     Brake

                     Drawbar

                     Rigid drawbar

                     Centre-axle

                     Unbraked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     Inertia-braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     Continuous or semi-continuous braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     hydraulic or pneumatic braked

                     … kg

                     … kg

                     … kg

               4.1.5.   Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (irrespective of the tyres and the rear coupling device(s)):

                     4.1.5.1.

                     of the T and C category vehicle: … kg

                     4.1.5.2.

                     of the R- and S-category vehicle: … kg

                     4.1.5.3.

                     Maximum mass of the combination at maximum unbraked mass: … kg

               4.2.   Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

         4.2.2.5.   Wheelbase (37): … mm
         4.2.2.6.   Distance(s) between consecutive axles 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm, 3-4: … mm, etc.
         4.2.2.7.   For rigid draw bar and centre axle R- and S-category vehicles:
         4.2.2.7.1.   Distance between the coupling point and the first axle: … mm
         4.2.2.7.2.   Distance between the coupling point and the last axle: … mm
         4.2.2.8.   Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle (measured between the symmetry planes of the single or twin tyres or of the tyres in triple formation normally fitted) (to be stated by the manufacturer) (38):

                     4.2.2.8.1.

                     Maximum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …: … mm

                     4.2.2.8.2.

                     Minimum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …: … mm

               4.2.2.9.   Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
         4.2.2.9.1.   For T2-, T4.1-, T4.3-categories and C2-, C4.1-, C4.3-categories, height of the centre of gravity, measured in relation to the ground using the tyres normally fitted on the vehicle: … mm
         4.2.2.9.1.1.   For T2-and C2-categories, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track for each axle: Axle 1 … Axle 2 … Axle …: …
         4.2.2.9.1.2.   For T4.1-and C4.1-categories, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track of all of the axles: …
         5.   GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
         5.1.   Maximum vehicle speed

         5.1.1.   Forward maximum vehicle speed

         5.1.1.1.   Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.1.2.   Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
         5.1.1.3.   Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)
         5.1.2.   Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
         5.1.2.1.   Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
         5.1.2.2.   Measured rearward maximum vehicle speed (41): … km/h
         5.2.   Rated engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.3.   Maximum engine net power: … kW, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         5.4.   Maximum engine torque: … Nm, at … min– 1 (in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 120 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 280))
         B.   INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

         6.   ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE (4)
         6.1.   Cycle: four stroke/two stroke (4)
         6.2.   Bore (12) … mm
         6.3.   Stroke (12): … mm
         6.4.   Number … and layout (26) … of cylinders
         6.5.   Engine capacity: … cm3

         6.6.   Rated speed: …
         6.7.   Maximum torque speed: …
         9.   ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S)
         9.1.   Description: battery/capacitor/flywheel/generator (4)
         9.2.   Identification number: …
         9.3.   Kind of electrochemical couple: …
         9.4.   Energy stored
         9.4.1.   For battery, voltage: … and capacity: … Ah in 2h
         9.4.2.   For capacitor: J, … ,
         9.4.3.   For flywheel/generator (4): J, …
         9.4.3.1.   Flywheel moment of inertia: …
         9.4.3.1.1.   Additional moment of inertia if no gear is engaged: …
         9.5.   Charger: on-board/external/without (4)
         11.   DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL (13)
         11.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (gear shift control, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …
         11.2.   Transmission

         11.2.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of gear shift system(s) and its control: …
         11.2.2.   Diagram and or drawing of the transmission system: …
         11.2.3.   Type of transmission: mechanical/hydraulic/electric/other (4) (if other specify …)
         11.2.3.1   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
         11.3.   Clutch (if any)

         11.3.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system: …
         11.3.2.   Clutch type: …
         11.3.3.   Maximum torque conversion: …
         11.4.   Gearbox (if any)

         11.4.1.   Type (24): …
         11.4.2.   Location relative to the engine: …
         11.4.3.   Method of control: …
         11.4.4.   Transfer box: with/without (4)
         11.5.   Gear ratios

                     Gear

                     Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)

                     Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)

                     Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)

                     Total gear ratios

                     Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only

                     Maximum for CVT (1)

                     1
                     2
                     3

                     Minimum for CVT (1)

                     Reverse
                     1
                     …

               11.6.   Differential lock

         11.6.1.   Differential lock: yes/no/optional (4)
         41.   SUSPENSION
         41.1.   Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its control system for of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
         41.2.   Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …
         41.3.   Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (4)
         41.4.   Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …
         41.5.   Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
         41.5.1.   Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
         41.5.2.   Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
         41.6.   Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
         41.6.1.   Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
         41.6.2.   Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
         41.7.   Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics of the materials and dimensions): …
         41.8.   Vehicle equipped with hydro-pneumatic/hydraulic/pneumatic (4) suspension
         41.9.   Stabilisers: yes/no/optional (4)
         41.10.   Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional (4)
         41.11.   Other devices (if any): …
         42.   AXLE(S) AND TYRES
         42.1.   Description (including photographs and drawings) of the axle(s): …
         42.2.   Material(s) and method of construction: …
         42.3.   Make (where appropriate): …
         42.4.   Type (where appropriate): …
         42.5.   Maximum permissible mass supported by the axle(s): … kg
         42.6.   Axle(s) dimensions:

                     42.6.1.

                     Length: … mm

                     42.6.2.

                     Width: … mm

               42.7.   Braking connection to the axle(s): axial/radial/integrated/other (4) (if other, specify: …)
         42.8.   Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on braked axles: …
         42.8.1.   Nominal rolling circumference of the largest tyres on braked axles: …
         42.8.2.   Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on powered axles: …
         42.8.3.   Nominal rolling circumference of the of the largest tyres on powered axles: …
         43.   BRAKING
         43.1.   Brief description of the braking system(s) installed on the vehicle: …
         43.2.   Specifications of the vehicle with respect to the control circuits of the pneumatic and/or electric control lines of the braking system(s): …
         43.3.   Braking system(s) interface complying with ISO 11992-1:2003 (Road vehicles — Interchange of digital information on electrical connections between towing and towed vehicles — Part 1: Physical and data-link layers), including the physical layer, the data link layer and the application layer and the respective position of supported messages and parameters: yes/no (4)
         43.4.   Braking system(s)

         43.4.1.   Description of the braking system(s) operation (including any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic circuit plan (55): …
         43.4.2   Schematic drawing and operating sketch of the braking system(s) (55): …
         43.4.3.   List of braking-system components, properly identified (55): …
         43.4.4.   Technical explanation on the calculation for the braking system(s) (determination of the ratio of the total braking forces at the circumference of the wheels to the force applied to the braking control) (55): …
         43.4.5.   External energy source(s) (if any) (characteristics, capacity of energy reservoirs, maximum and minimum pressure, pressure gauge and minimum-pressure warning device on the dashboard, vacuum reservoirs and supply valve, supply compressors, compliance with provisions regarding pressure equipment) (55): …
         43.4.6.   Electronic braking system: yes/no/optional (4)
         43.4.7.   Type-I test report number(s), in accordance with Annex VII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (if applicable): …
         43.5.   Braking transmission

         43.5.1.   Braking transmission: mechanical/hydrostatic without power assistance/power-assisted/fully powered transmission (4)
         43.5.2.   Transmission technology: pneumatic/hydraulic/both pneumatic and hydraulic (4)
         43.5.3.   Locking of left and right braking controls: …
         43.6.   Towed vehicle braking devices

         43.6.1.   Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic/Pneumatic/Electric (4)
         43.6.2.   Towed vehicle-brake actuating device (description, characteristics): …
         43.6.3.   Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
         43.6.4.   Connections type: single line/two-lines (4)
         43.6.4.1.   Supply overpressure (1 line): … kPa
         43.6.4.2   Supply overpressure (2 line) (if applicable): … kPa
         43.6.4.2.1.   Hydraulic: … kPa
         43.6.4.2.2.   Pneumatic: … kPa

            (1)  Continuously variable transmission

         Appendix 16

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver's exposure to noise level system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         2.5.   Location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark (19): …
         48.   DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
         48.1.   T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 1, in accordance with point 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         48.2.   T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 2, in accordance with point 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         48.3.   C-category vehicles with steel tracks to be tested on a layer of humid sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008 (Earth-moving machinery — Determination of sound power level — Dynamic test conditions): yes/no/not applicable (4)
         48.4   Alternatively to entries 48.1 to 48.3, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official measurement of noise at the driving position(s) on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 5, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

         Appendix 17

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a seat belt anchorages system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         46.   ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
         46.1.   Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)
         49.   SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
         49.1.   Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
         49.2.   Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point (S) of all seating positions: …
         49.3.   Description and drawings of:

                     49.3.1.

                     The seats and their anchorages: …

                     49.3.2.

                     The adjustment system: …

                     49.3.3.

                     The displacement and locking systems: …

                     49.3.4.

                     The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …

                     49.3.5.

                     The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

               53.   SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES
         53.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-1:2006 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 1: Anchorage location requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         53.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages: …
         53.3.   Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …
         53.4.   Designation of the types of belts (14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicle

                        Anchorage location

                     Vehicle structure

                     Seat structure

                     Driver's seat

                     Lower anchorages

                     outboard
                     inboard

                     Upper anchorages

                     Passenger seat
                     1

                     Lower anchorages

                     outboard
                     inboard

                     Upper anchorages

                     Passenger seat
                     …

                     Lower anchorages

                     outboard
                     inboard

                     Upper anchorages

               53.4.1.   Observation: …
         53.5.   Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …
         53.6.   Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …
         53.7.   Alternative to entries 53.2 to 53.6.

         53.7.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-2:2013 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 2: Anchorage strength requirements) on anchorage strength location are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.2.   Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 14 (OJ L 109, 28.4.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.3.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.4.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.5.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.6.   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
         53.7.7   Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

         Appendix 18

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a protection against hazardous substances system

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.2.4.   For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         3.   GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
         3.11.   Vehicle of T- or C-category equipped for protection against hazardous substances: yes/no (4)
         58.   PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
         58.1.   Brief description (including drawings and photographs) of the air delivery and filtration system, including the devices to obtain a positive differential within the cab and the air flow of fresh filtered air: …
         58.2.   Requirements under standard EN 15695-1 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 1: Cab classification, requirements and test procedures): category 1/category 2/category 3 category 4 (4) on cab classification with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         58.3.   Requirements under standard EN 15695-2 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 2: Filters, requirements and test procedures): Dust filter/Aerosol filter/Vapour filter (4) on filters with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

         Appendix 19

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) as a STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         46.   ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
         46.1.   Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)
         46.2.   ROPS by cab/by frame/by roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear (4)
         46.2.1.   In the case of roll bar: fold-down/not fold down (4)
         46.2.2.   In the case of foldable roll bar:
         46.2.2.1.   Folding: with tools/folding without tools (4);
         46.2.2.2.   Locking mechanism: manual/automatic (4)
         46.2.2.3.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones. The dimensions must figure on the drawings: …
         46.3.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the ROPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), the details of mountings and position of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) etc. (in the case of front-mounted foldable ROPS, show the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones). The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
         46.4.   Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:

                     46.4.1.

                     Type of construction: …

                     46.4.2.

                     Details of mountings: …

                     46.4.3.

                     Details of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary): …

                     46.4.4.

                     Additional frame: …

               46.5.   Dimensions (52)
         46.5.1.   Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
         46.5.2.   Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
         46.5.3.   Interior width of the protective structure vertically above the seat index point at the level of centre of the steering wheel: … mm
         46.5.4.   Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the right-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
         46.5.5.   Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the left-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
         46.5.6.   Minimum distance from the steering wheel rim to the protective structure: … mm
         46.5.7.   Horizontal distance from the seat index point to the rear of the protective structure above the seat index point: … mm
         46.5.8.   Position (with reference to the rear axle) of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary):

                     46.5.8.1.

                     Horizontal distance: … mm

                     46.5.8.2.

                     Vertical distance: … mm

               46.6.   Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
         46.6.1.   Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.6.2.   Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.6.3.   Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
         46.6.4.   Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.6.5.   Cladding (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.6.6.   Glass (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.6.7.   Front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) (parts — material — sizes): …
         46.7.   Alternatively to entries 46.1 to 46.6.7, provide the following information:

                     46.7.1.

                     Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

                     46.7.2.

                     Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

                     46.7.3.

                     Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

                     46.7.4.

                     Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

                     46.7.5

                     Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

         Appendix 20

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a falling objects protective structure (FOPS) as a STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         47.   FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
         47.1.   Vehicles of categories T and C equipped for forestry applications

         47.1.1.   Requirements under ISO 8083:2006 (Machinery for forestry — Falling-object protective structures (FOPS) — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) level I/level II (4) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         47.2.   All other vehicles of categories T and C fitted with FOPS

         47.2.1.   Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the FOPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), etc. The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
         47.2.2.   Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:

                     47.2.2.1.

                     Type of construction: …

                     47.2.2.2.

                     Details of mountings: …

               47.2.3.   Dimensions (52)
         47.2.3.1.   Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
         47.2.3.2.   Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
         47.2.3.3.   Overall height of the tractor with the protective structure fitted: … mm
         47.2.3.4.   Overall width of the protective structure (if mudguards are included, this is to be stated): … mm
         47.2.4.   Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
         47.2.4.1.   Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
         47.2.4.2.   Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
         47.2.4.3.   Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
         47.2.4.4.   Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
         47.2.5.   Details of tractor manufacturer's reinforcements on original parts: …
         47.2.6.   Alternatively to entries 47.2.1 to 47.2.5, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 10, Edition 2015 of July 2014 is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

         Appendix 21

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a driver's seat as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         49.   SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
         49.1.   Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
         49.2.   Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point (S) of the driver's seat: …
         49.3.   Description and drawings of:

                     49.3.1.

                     The seat and its anchorages: …

                     49.3.2.

                     The adjustment system: …

                     49.3.3.

                     The displacement and locking systems: …

                     49.3.4.

                     The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …

                     49.3.5.

                     The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

               49.4.   Driver's seat

         49.4.1.   Position of the driving seat: left/right/centre (4): …
         49.4.2.   Driver's seat type category: category A class I/II/III, category B (4)
         49.4.3.   Reversible driving position: yes/no (4)
         49.4.3.1.   Description of the reversible driving position: …
         49.4.4.   Dimensions of the driving seat, including the depth and width of the seat surface, the position and inclination of the backrest, as well as the inclination of the seat surface:
         49.4.5.   Main characteristics of the driving seat: …
         49.4.6.   Adjustment system: …
         49.4.7.   Displacement and locking system in the longitudinal and vertical directions: …
         49.4.7.1.   In the case of vehicles not equipped with an adjustable seat, indicate the displacement of the steering column and pedal(s): …

         Appendix 22

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a safety belt as a component/STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         54.   SAFETY BELTS
         54.1.   Requirements under standard ISO 3776-3:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 3: Requirements for assemblies) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         54.2.   Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 16 (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         54.3.   Number and position of safety belts and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:

            Safety belt configuration and associated information

                     Complete EU type-approval mark

                     Variant, if applicable

                     Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)

                     Driver's seat

                     L

                     C

                     R

                     Passenger seat
                     1

                     L

                     C

                     R

                     Passenger seat
                     …

                     L

                     C

                     R

                     L = left, C = centre, R = right

               54.4.   Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …

         Appendix 23

            Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a protection against penetrating objects (OPS) as a STU

         A.   GENERAL INFORMATION

         2.   GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type (49): …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.2.2.   Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
         2.2.3.   Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
         2.4.   For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):

         2.4.1.   Type (17): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (17): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (17): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
         55.   PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)
         55.1.   Vehicles of categories T and C equipped for forestry applications

         55.1.1.   Requirements under ISO 8084:2003 (Machinery for forestry — Operator protective structures — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
         55.2.   All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with OPS

         55.2.1.   Requirements under Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119) on safety glazing are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

         Appendix 24

            Manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device

                        Manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device

                     A duly-completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.

                     The undersigned: [ … (full name and position)]
                     0.4.   Company name and address of manufacturer: …
                     0.4.2.   Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any) (1): …

               Hereby declares that:

                     0.1   Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …
                     0.2.   Type (2): …
                     0.2.1.   Variant(s) (2): …
                     0.2.2.   Version(s) (2): …
                     0.2.3   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
                     0.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …

                        Will not market interchangeable components which could involve an increase in the propulsion performance of the vehicle variant

                     Place: …
                     Date: …
                     Signature: …
                     Name and position in the company: …

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 24

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the Manufacturer's declaration):

            Explanatory notes relating to the information document

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the data entries)

                     (1)

                     For tyres type-approved in accordance with the requirements laid down in section 2 of Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 or approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 106, indicate the ‘Rolling radius, expressed by the speed radius index’; for tyres approved under UNECE Regulation No 54 or UNECE Regulation No 75 indicate the ‘Nominal Rolling Circumference’.

                     (2)

                     Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                     (3)

                     Delete the entry if not applicable.

                     (4)

                     Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one value is applicable).

                     (5)

                     Indicate the configuration by following codes:
                     —   R: right side of the vehicle
                     —   L: left side of the vehicle
                     —   F: front side of the vehicle
                     —   RE: rear side of the vehicle
                     Example for a vehicle with 2 left-side doors and 1 right-side door:
                     2 L, 1R

                     (6)

                     This value shall be calculated (p = 3,1416) and rounded off to the nearest cm3. For rotary piston engines, double the nominal engine swept volume.

                     (7)

                     Specify the tolerance.

                     (8)

                     Indicate the position by the following codes:
                     —   Rx: row number
                     —   R: right side of the vehicle
                     —   C: centre of the vehicle
                     —   L: left side of the vehicle
                     Example for a vehicle with a second row with 1 passenger seat on the left side of the vehicle:
                     r2: 1L

                     (9)

                     Indicate fuel type by the following codes:
                     (a)   P: petrol
                     (b)   B5: diesel
                     (c)   E5: petrol E5
                     (d)   O: other.

                     (10)

                     For EU whole-vehicle type-approval, describe the manifold installed on the vehicle; for EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU, describe one of the possible manifolds that can be installed on the engine.

                     (12)

                     This figure shall be rounded off to the nearest tenth of a millimetre.

                     (13)

                     The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.

                     (14)

                        ‘A’: for a three-point belt;

                        ‘B’: for a lap belt;

                        ‘S’: for special types of belt (in this case provide specific information on the nature of these types under observation in entry 53.4.1);

                        ‘Ar’, ‘Br’ or ‘Sr’: for a belt incorporating an inertia reel;

                        ‘Are’, ‘Bre’ and ‘Sre’: for a belt equipped with an inertia reel and an energy-absorption device on at least one anchorage.

                     (17)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                     (18)

                     In case of multi-stage approval, supply this information for each stage.

                     (19)

                     Provide this information for each component and separate technical unit installed in the vehicle or system.

                     (21)

                     Provide this information for each vehicle type/system.

                     (22)

                     Powered and braked track rollers:

                        F: front

                        R: rear

                        F & R: front and rear

                        C: continuous track
                     Examples:
                     —   rear powered track rollers: R
                     —   Continuous track braked: C

                     (23)

                     Axles with twinned wheels/steered/powered/braked:

                        F: front

                        R: rear

                        A: articulated vehicles

                        F & R: front and rear

                        F & A: front and articulated

                        A & R: articulated and rear

                        F & A & R: front, articulated and rear
                     Examples:
                     —   front twinned wheels: F
                     —   front and articulated steering: F & A
                     —   rear powered axles: R
                     —   front and rear braked axles: F & R

                     (24)

                     Indicate the gearbox type by the following codes:
                     (a)   A: automatic
                     (b)   M1: manual
                     (c)   M2: manual automated
                     (d)   C: continuous variable transmission (CVT)
                     (e)   W: wheel-hub engine
                     (f)   O: other (indicate…)

                     (26)

                     Indicate the layout of the cylinders by following codes:
                     (a)   LI: in line
                     (b)   V: in V
                     (c)   O: opposed-cylinder engine
                     (d)   S: single-cylinder engine
                     (e)   R: rotatory piston engine.

                     (29)

                     For compression ignition engines only.

                     (30)

                     Serving as a reference point for the various delegated acts. Including the roll-over protection structure, excluding optional accessories, but with coolant, lubricants, fuel, tools and driver The mass of the driver shall be assumed to be 75 kg.

                     (31)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.1:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).

                     (32)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.2:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).

                     (33)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.3:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions). For vehicles with height adjustable suspension, state the normal running position.

                     (34)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.6:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).

                     (35)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.7:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).

                     (36)

                     Standard ISO 612/-6.8:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).

                     (37)

                     for tractors and drawbar R- or S-category vehicles, wheelbase is the distance from first to last axle; for rigid drawbar and centre-axle R- or S-category vehicles, is the distance from centre of front coupling point to last axle.

                     (38)

                     Standard ISO 4004:1983 (Agricultural tractors and machinery — Track widths).

                     (39)

                     If a part has been type-approved that part need not be described if reference is made to such approval. Likewise the description is not needed for all components whose structural characteristics are clearly illustrated by the diagrams or sketches attached to the document. State the numbers of the corresponding annexes for each heading where photographs or drawings must be attached.

                     (40)

                     In the case of applications involving more than one parent engine, a separate form should be submitted for each one.

                     (41)

                     A measured speed exceeding the value for the maximum design speed by 3 km/h shall be acceptable. An additional 5 % tolerance shall be permitted in order to take into account variations due to tyre size.

                     (42)

                     Standard ISO 789-3:1993 (Agricultural tractors — Test procedures — Part 3: Turning and clearance diameters).

                     (44)

                     Values in respect of the mechanical strength of the coupling device.

                     (45)

                     Not applicable to types of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units falling under the requirements of Article 37 or Article 53(13) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                     (46)

                     Also applicable to R- or S-category vehicles with a rear coupling device.

                     (47)

                     For R- and S-category vehicles indicate the height without optional side/rear panels.

                     (48)

                     For R- and S-category vehicles indicate the overhang in the front coupling point.

                     (49)

                     For engines indicate the information relative to the engine type or the engine family type, as applicable.

                     (52)

                     When the tractor is fitted with different optional seats or has a reversible driver's position (reversible seat and steering wheel), the dimensions in relation to the seat index points (SIP 1, SIP 2, etc.) shall be measured in each case.

                     (53)

                     Steel specifications shall be in accordance with ISO 630:1995 (Structural steels — Plates, wide flats, bars, sections and profiles), Amd 1: 2003.

                     (54)

                     Indicate in case that the maximum design speed in the rearward direction of travel is higher than in the forward direction of travel.

                     (55)

                     Provide the requested information for: Service braking system; Parking braking system; for vehicles of categories T and C, Secondary braking system; for any additional braking device(s) (and especially retarders) and; for anti-lock braking systems.

                     (56)

                     To be completed in conjunction with the specifications given in sections 9.1 and 9.2 of Annex I to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96

                     (57)

                     OECD standard code for the official testing of agricultural and forestry tractor performance, OECD Code 2, Edition 2015 of July 2014.

                     (59)

                     As defined in point 1.1 of Annex VIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208.

                     (60)

                     Relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs are those which may emit significant broadband or narrowband radiation and/or those which are involved in the driver's direct control (see point 3.4.2.3 of Part 2 of Annex XV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208) of the vehicle

                     (61)

                     Applicable only for small volume manufacturers as regards section 6 of Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014.

                     (62)

                     Alternatively, provide a dimensioned drawing showing the position of the coupling point.

                     (63)

                     Machinery, as defined in Article 2(a) of Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.

            (1)  Delete the entry if not applicable.

            (2)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

            (3)  Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

      ANNEX II

         Template for the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information

      1.   The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information which shall take the form set out in point 2.
      1.1   The certificate must have a reference number supplied by the manufacturer.
      2.   Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information and its addenda.
      2.1.   Template of manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information.

                     Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                  A duly completed version of this certificate shall be included in the information folder.
                  Reference number: …
                  The undersigned: [ … (full name and position)]
                  Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
                  Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any) (1): …
                  Hereby certifies that:

                              it provides access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in compliance with:

                                          —

                                          Chapter XV of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                                          —

                                          Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014

                              with respect to the types of vehicle, system, component and/or separate technical unit listed in the Addendum 1 to this certificate (4).

                        The following exceptions apply (1):

                              —

                              small volume manufacturers (1)

                              —

                              use of proprietary hardware for reprograming of control units (1)

                        The principal website address (5), through which the relevant information may be accessed and which are hereby certified to be in compliance with the above provisions, are listed in the Addendum 2 to this certificate. The contact details of the responsible manufacturer's representative whose signature is below are laid down in the Addendum 3 to this certificate.
                  Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that it has complied with the obligation in Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 to provide the relevant information for previous approvals of these vehicle types no later than six months after the date of type-approval.
                  Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Signature: …
                  Name and position in the company: …
                  Addenda:

                     1: List of the types of vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit

                     2: Web sites addresses (5)

                     3: Contact details

                     4: In case of multi-stage type-approval, certificates on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, including its addenda, corresponding to the previous stages

            2.1.1.   Template of Addendum 1 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

                     Addendum 1

                     to

                     Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                     List of the type(s) of vehicle (5):

                  1.2.   Type (2): …
                  1.2.1.   Variant(s) (2): …
                  1.2.2.   Version(s) (2): …
                  1.2.3   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
                  1.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (3): …
                  EU type-approval number including extension number (if available): …
                  EU type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                     List of the type(s) of system(s), component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) (5):

                  2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
                  2.2.   Type(s) (4): …
                  2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
                  2.2.2.   EU type-approval number(s) (if available): …
                  2.2.3.   EU type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
                  2.3.   Company name(s) and address of the manufacturer(s): …

                     Additional information on the engine (4):

                  2.5.2.   Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …

            2.1.2.   Template of Addendum 2 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

                     Addendum 2

                     to

                     Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                  Web site address (5) referred to in this certificate:
                  …
                  …
                  …

            2.1.3.   Template of Addendum 3 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

                     Addendum 3

                     to

                     Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                  Contact details of the manufacturer's representative referred to in this certificate:
                  …
                  …
                  …

         Explanatory notes relating to Annex II

         (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the manufacturer's certificates)

                     (1)

                  Delete if not applicable.

                     (2)

                  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                     (3)

                  Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                     (4)

                  For engines indicate the information relative to the engine type or the engine family type, as applicable.

                     (5)

                  In case of multi-stage type-approval indicate the website address of the manufacturer(s) responsible for the previous stage(s).

      ANNEX III

         Templates for the certificate of conformity

      1.   Objectives

      The certificate of conformity enables the competent authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without requiring the applicant to supply additional technical documentation. For these purposes, the certificate of conformity shall include:

                  (a)

                  the vehicle identification number;

                  (b)

                  the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (e.g. it is not permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries).

            2.   General requirements

                  2.1.

                  The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 33(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, a certificate of conformity for each vehicle in the series of the type which has been approved, which template is set out in the Appendix 1.

                  2.2.

                  The certificate of conformity shall consist of two sections:

                              (a)

                              section 1 contains a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. There are different templates for section 1 according to the vehicles covered, as specified in point 3;

                              (b)

                              section 2 is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle. There are different templates for section 2 according to the vehicles' category covered, as specified in point 4. Those entries which are not applicable to the certified vehicle can be supressed.

                  2.3.

                  The certificate of conformity shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm).

                  2.4

                  All information on the certificate of conformity shall be provided in ISO 8859 series (Information technology — 8-bit single-byte coded graphic character sets) characters (for certificates of conformity issued in Bulgarian language in Cyril characters, for certificates of conformity issued in Greek language in Greek characters) and Arabic numerals.

                  2.5.

                  Without prejudice to the provisions in point 1(b), the values and units indicated in section 2 of the certificate of conformity shall be those given in the information document of the vehicle type. The tolerances allowed are those laid down in the relevant requirements of the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. Maximum and minimum values are accepted for vehicles' dimensions (Length, Width and Height) to take into account their different configurations of wheels and tyres.

            3.   Models of section 1 of the certificate of conformity

                  3.1.

                  Model A of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (complete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can be used on the road without further approval.

                  3.2.

                  Model B of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can also be used on the road without requiring any further approval, and which have previously undergone an additional approval stage.
                  This is the normal result of the multi-stage approval process (e.g. a T1-category tractor built by a second-stage manufacturer on a chassis built by another vehicle manufacturer).
                  The additional features added during the multi-stage process shall be described briefly and the certificates of conformity obtained at the previous stages shall be annexed.

                  3.3.

                  Model C of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which need a further stage for their approval and cannot be permanently registered or used on the road (e.g. a chassis of a T2-category tractor).

            4.   Models of section 2 of the certificate of conformity

      There are two models of section 2 of the certificate of conformity:

                  (a)

                  Model 1 of section 2 of the certificate of conformity for wheeled tractors (T category vehicles) and track-laying tractors (C category vehicles);

                  (b)

                  Model 2 of section 2 of the certificate of conformity for trailers (R-category vehicles) and interchangeable towed equipment (S-category vehicles).

            5.   Paper and features to prevent forgery

                  5.1.

                  In accordance with Article 33(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the certificate of conformity shall be made in such a way as to prevent any forgery. For this purpose, the paper used for the certificate of conformity shall be protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer or brand name and by coloured graphics.

                  5.2.

                  As an alternative to the requirements set out in point 5.1, the paper of the certificate of conformity may be not protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer or brand name. In this case, the coloured graphics shall be supplemented with at least one additional security printing feature (e.g. ultraviolet fluorescent ink, inks with viewing angle-dependent colour, inks with temperature-dependent colour, micro printing, guilloche printing, iridescent printing, laser engraving, custom holograms, variable laser images, optical variable images, physically embossed or engraved manufacturer's logo, etc.)

                  5.3.

                  Manufacturers may provide the certificate of conformity with security printing features additional to those set out in points 5.1 and 5.2.

            6.   Special provisions

                  6.1.

                  The certificate of conformity of tractors (T- and C-category vehicles) type-approved with machinery mounted on them and of R- and S-category vehicles shall have as attachment the EC declaration of conformity in compliance with the national provisions implementing Directive 2006/42/EC.

         Appendix 1

            Models for the certificate of conformity

      ANNEX IV

         Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

      1.   General requirements for vehicle marking

      1.1.   All vehicles shall be provided with the plate described in this section in accordance with Article 34(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. The plate shall be attached by the vehicle manufacturer.
      1.2.   Characters
      1.2.1.   Alphanumeric characters (roman letters or Arabic numerals) shall be used for the markings in points 2.1.1.1 to 2.1.2, 3 and 4.2.1.1 to 4.2.1.9. However, markings in section 3 shall use capital roman letters (upper case).
      1.2.2.   In addition, the manufacturer's name or trade name and the vehicle type designation may include the following symbols/characters: ‘*’ (the asterisk symbol), ‘&’ (the and mark), ‘-’ (hyphen or minus mark) and the ‘′’ (the prime or apostrophe mark).
      1.3.   Minimum height of letters and figures.
      1.3.1.   Characters marked directly on the chassis, frame or similar structure of the vehicle shall have a minimum height of 7,0 mm.
      1.3.1.1.   For those vehicles where the available surface for marking is less than a circle with a 28 mm radius, as alternative to the requirements set out in point 1.3.1, the minimum height of letters and figures may be 4,0 mm.
      1.3.2.   Characters marked on the statutory plate shall have a minimum height of 4,0 mm.
      2.   Statutory plate

      2.1.1.   The information on the plate shall be clearly legible, indelible and shall contain the following information in the order given below and in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 1:

                  2.1.1.1.

                  Name of the manufacturer, and trade name (only if different than the name of the manufacturer);

                  2.1.1.2.

                  Vehicle category including the subcategory and the speed index (1);

                  2.1.1.3.

                  EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VI;

                  2.1.1.4.

                  Vehicle identification number (VIN); consisting of a structured combination of characters in accordance with the requirements set out in section 3 of this Annex;

                  2.1.1.5.

                  Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle, in the following format: ‘kg’;

                  2.1.1.6.

                  Technically permissible maximum mass per axle; this information must be listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘A-1: … kg’‘A-2: … kg’‘A-…: … kg’;

                  2.1.1.7.

                  For C-category vehicles, in addition, technically permissible maximum mass per set of track trains, and, in the same line, average contact pressure on the ground; this information must be combined with that provided for point 2.1.1.6 and listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘S-1: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-2: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-…: … kg P: … kPa’. Each entry separated by one or more spaces.

                  2.1.1.8.

                  Technically permissible towable mass(es) for each chassis/braking configuration of the towed R- or S-category vehicle in accordance with entry 4.1.3 of the information document data entries laid down in Part B of Annex I to this Regulation (2), in the following format: ‘B-1’ unbraked, ‘B-2’ inertia braked, ‘B-3’ continuous or semi-continuous braked, ‘B-4’ hydraulic or pneumatic braked, ‘T-1’ drawbar, ‘T-2’ rigid drawbar, ‘T-3’ centre-axle;

                  2.1.1.9.

                  For rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- and S-category vehicles, the vertical load on the coupling point (S). The coupling point shall be deemed the first axle and be numbered ‘0’, in the following format: ‘A-0: … kg’;

            2.1.2.   The manufacturer may give additional information below or to the side of the prescribed inscriptions, outside a clearly marked area which shall enclose only the information prescribed in points 2.1.1.1 to 2.1.1.9 (see examples in Appendix 1)
      3.   Requirements for the VIN

      The VIN shall comply with the requirements of the standard ISO 10261:2002 (Earth-Moving Machinery — Product Identification Numbering System) or the standard ISO 3779: 2009 (Road vehicles — Vehicle identification number (VIN) — Content and structure).
      4.   Marking requirements for a multi-stage approval

      4.1.   Base vehicle identification number
      The VIN of the base vehicle conforming to the requirements set out in section 3 shall be retained during all subsequent stages of type-approval to ensure the ‘traceability’ of the process.
      4.2.   Additional statutory plate.
      4.2.1.   At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate referred to in section 2, each manufacturer shall affix to the vehicle an additional plate, based on the model set out in Appendix 1. This plate shall be firmly attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position to a part which is not subject to replacement during normal use, regular maintenance or repair. It shall show clearly and indelibly the following information in the order listed:

                  4.2.1.1.

                  Name of the manufacturer,

                  4.2.1.2.

                  The EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VI,

                  4.2.1.3.

                  Vehicle category including the subcategory and the speed index (1) and stage of approval (in case of base vehicles, this first-stage identification shall be omitted; in the case of subsequent stages, the information shall indicate the stage: e.g. ‘STAGE 3’ for the third stage), each entry separated by one or more spaces,

                  4.2.1.4.

                  VIN,

                  4.2.1.5.

                  Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle, in the following format: ‘kg’;

                  4.2.1.6.

                  Technically permissible maximum mass per axle; this information must be listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘A-1: … kg’‘A-2: … kg’‘A-…: … kg’;

                  4.2.1.7.

                  For C-category vehicles, in addition, technically permissible maximum mass per set of track trains, and, in the same line, average contact pressure on the ground; this information must be combined with that provided for point 4.1.1.6 and listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘S-1: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-2: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-…: … kg P: … kPa’. Each entry separated by one or more spaces.

                  4.2.1.8.

                  Technically permissible towable mass(es) for each chassis/braking configuration of the towed R- or S-category vehicle in accordance with entry 4.1.3 of the information document data entries laid down in Part B of Annex I to this Regulation (2), in the following format: ‘B-1’ unbraked, ‘B-2’ inertia braked, ‘B-3’ continuous or semi-continuous braked, ‘B-4’ hydraulic or pneumatic braked, ‘T-1’ drawbar, ‘T-2’ rigid drawbar, ‘T-3’ centre-axle;

                  4.2.1.9.

                  For rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- and S-category vehicles, the vertical load on the coupling point (S). The coupling point shall be deemed the first axle and be numbered ‘0’, in the following format: ‘A-0: … kg’;

            5.   Marking requirements for components or separate technical units

      5.1.   Each separate technical unit or component, whether or not part of a system, which has been EU type-approved and manufactured in conformity with the approved type shall be marked with an EU type-approval mark in accordance with Article 34(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
      5.1.1.   As an exception to point 5.1, EU type-approval mark is not required for pneumatic tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (e.g. speed symbol A8), neither for radial tyres designed primarily for construction application purposes (e.g. tyres marked ‘Industrial’, ‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’) which has been type-approved in accordance with to point 2.1 of Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208.
      5.2.   The EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component shall consist of:

                  5.2.1.

                  A rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number, as set out in point 2.1 of Annex VI to the Member State which has granted the EU type-approval for the separate technical unit or component.

                  5.2.2.

                  In the vicinity of the rectangle, the ‘Sequential number for type-approval certificates’ contained in section 4 of the EU type-approval number as set out in point 2.4 of Annex VI. In addition, it shall be indicated the alphanumerical character as set out in Table 6-1 of Annex VI to clearly identify the type of component or separate technical unit.

                  5.2.3.

                  Examples of the EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component are shown in Appendix 2. The dimensions of ‘a’ shall be:

                              ≥ 5 mm

                                          ballast masses,

                                          lateral and/or rear protective structure,

                                          mechanical couplings,

                                          roll-over protective structures (ROPS),

                                          falling objects protective structures (FOPS), and

                                          protection against penetrating objects (OPS)

                              ≥ 3 mm

                                          engines,

                                          electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies,

                                          driver's seats, and

                                          safety belts

            5.3.   In addition, the make, trade name or trade mark shall be marked in the vicinity of the EU type-approval mark.

         Appendix 1

            Examples of the manufacturer's statutory plate

         1.   MODEL A for a T1b-category vehicle

                     SOFIA TRAKTOR WERKE.
                     T1b
                     e6*167/2013*01223
                     5DRH123UPAX000001
                     5 590 kg
                     A-1: 2 390 kg
                     A-2: 3 200 kg

                                 T-1

                                 T-2

                                 T-3

                                 B-1

                                 3 000 kg

                                 4 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 B-2

                                 3 000 kg

                                 4 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 B-3

                                 6 000 kg

                                 8 000 kg

                                 4 000 kg

                                 B-4

                                 12 000 kg

                                 15 000 kg

                                 9 000 kg

               2.   MODEL B for stage 1 of a C2a-category vehicle

                     JEAN NICOLE TRACTORS Ltd.
                     C2a STAGE 1
                     e3*167/2013*14863
                     ZFS159000AZ000055
                     820 kg
                     A-1: 366 kg
                     S-2: 454 kg P: 255 kPa

                                 T-1

                                 T-2

                                 T-3

                                 B-1

                                 1 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 B-2

                                 1 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 B-3

                                 2 000 kg

                                 3 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 B-4

                                 4 000 kg

                                 5 000 kg

                                 4 000 kg

               3.   MODEL C for a rigid drawbar R2a-category vehicle

                     REMORQUES HENSCHLER SA.
                     R2a
                     e12*167/2013*00053
                     YA9EBS37009000005
                     2 250 kg
                     A-0: 1 100 kg
                     A-1: 850 kg
                     A-2: 1 200 kg

                                 T-1

                                 T-2

                                 T-3

                                 B-1

                                 1 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 B-2

                                 1 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 1 000 kg

                                 B-3

                                 2 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 B-4

                                 2 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

                                 2 000 kg

         Appendix 2

            Examples of an EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component

            Figure 1

            Example of EU type-approval mark of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)

            Explanatory note relating to figure 1:

         The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Portugal under number 00024 for a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing).

            Explanatory notes relating to Annex IV

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the manufacturer's certificates):

                     (1)

                     Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                     (2)

                     For R- and S-category vehicles fitted with a rear mechanical coupling, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point for towing a second R- or S-category vehicle for each chassis/braking configuration of the mentioned second vehicle.

      ANNEX V

         Templates for the EU type-approval certificate

      LIST OF APPENDICES

                  Appendix Number

                  Appendix title

                  Page

                  1

                  Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type

                  162

                  2

                  Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type

                  164

                  3

                  Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

                  168

                  4

                  Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system

                  174

                  5

                  Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                  177

                  6

                  Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                  179

            1.   General requirements

      1.1.   Model A of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type is set out in Appendix 1.
      1.2.   Model B of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete vehicle type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type is set out in Appendix 2.
      1.3.   The list of applicable requirements or acts with which the type of vehicle complies and which are appended to the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate when the manufacturer chooses the single-step type-approval procedure according to Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 is set out in Appendix 3.
      1.4.   Model C of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system is set out in Appendix 4.
      1.5.   Model D of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component is set out in Appendix 5.
      1.5.1.   The addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component is set out in Appendix 6. When a component/separate technical unit has any restrictions on use or special mounting conditions or both, those shall be indicated in this addendum.
      1.6.   The type-approval certificate shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm).

         Appendix 1

            Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type

            EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

               MODEL A

            (to be used for type-approval of a complete vehicle)

         EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Identification of type-approval authority
         Communication concerning:

                                 —

                                 EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                     of a complete vehicle type

               with regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (5) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
         EU type-approval number: …
         Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …

            SECTION I

         1.1.   Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
         1.2.   Type (2): …
         1.2.1   Variant(s) (2): …
         1.2.2   Version(s) (2): …
         1.2.3.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         1.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
         1.4.   Company name and address of manufacturer of the complete vehicle: …
         1.4.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …
         1.4.2.   Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative, if any: …

            SECTION II

         1.   Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
         2.   Date of test report: …
         3.   Number of test report: …

            SECTION III

         The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.
         1.   The complete vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
         1.1.   Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
         1.2.   Waivers applied (1) (7): …
         1.2.1.   Reasons for the waivers (1) (7): …
         1.2.2.   Alternative requirements (1) (7): …
         2.   The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
         2.1.   The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy (6).
         Place: …
         Date: …
         Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification):
         Attachments:

                     Information package

                     Test results

                     Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company

                     A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

            NB:

                     —

                     If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (4)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                     —

                     If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons for them and the alternative requirements pursuant to Article 37(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate):

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                        (3)

                     Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                        (4)

                     Indicate the Member State.

                        (5)

                     Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                        (6)

                     Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                        (7)

                     Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

         Appendix 2

            Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type

            EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

               MODEL B

            (to be used for type-approval of a completed or incomplete vehicle or a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants or with completed and incomplete variants)

         EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Stamp of approval authority
         Communication concerning:

                                 —

                                 EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 of a completed vehicle type (1)

                                 —

                                 of an incomplete vehicle type (1)

                                 —

                                 of a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants (1)

                                 —

                                 of a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants (1)

               with regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (8) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
         EU type-approval number (1): …
         Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …

            SECTION I

         1.1.   Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
         1.2.   Type (2): …
         1.2.1   Variant(s) (2): …
         1.2.2   Version(s) (2): …
         1.2.3.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         1.3.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
         1.4.   Company name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle (1) (4): …
         Company name and address of the manufacturer of the complete variant (1) (4): …
         Company name and address of the manufacturer of the completed vehicle/variant (1) (4): …
         Company name and address of the manufacturer of the latest built stage of the incomplete vehicle (1) (4): …
         Company name(s) and address(es) of the manufacturer(s) of all previous stage(s) (1) (4): …
         1.4.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
         1.4.2.   Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …

            SECTION II

         1.   Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
         2.   Date of test report: …
         3.   Number of test report: …

            SECTION III

         The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.
         1.   For complete variants
         1.1.   The complete variants of the vehicle type meet/do not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
         2.   For completed vehicles/variants
         2.1.   The completed vehicle type/completed variant of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (4):
         2.1.1.   The approval authority has verified that the completed vehicle/variant of the vehicle type meets all applicable technical requirements at the time of granting this type-approval (cf. Article 20(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013).
         3.   For incomplete vehicles/variants
         3.1.   The incomplete vehicle type/incomplete variants of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the regulatory acts listed in the table in point 2 of section 2 (4).
         4.   The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
         4.1.   The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and its validity is thus limited to dd/mm/yy (6).
         5.   Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
         6.   Waivers applied (1) (7): …
         6.1.   Reasons for the waivers (1) (7): …
         6.2.   Alternative requirements (1) (7): …
         Place: …
         Date: …
         Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
         Attachments:

                     Information package

                     Test results

                     Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company

                     A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

            NB:

                     —

                     If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (5)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                     —

                     If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons for them and the alternative requirements pursuant to Article 37(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

               EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Section 2
         This EU type-approval concerns incomplete and completed vehicles, variants or versions.

                     1.

                     Previous stage(s) approval(s) for the vehicles.

                                 Stage

                                 EU type-approval number

                                 Dated

                                 Applicable to (as appropriate)

                                 Variants or versions which are complete or completed (as appropriate) (9)

                                 1
                                 (base vehicle)

                                 2

                     2.

                     List of requirements applicable to the approved incomplete vehicle type, variant or version (as appropriate, taking account of the scope and latest amendment to each of the regulatory acts listed below) (10).

                                 Item

                                 Subject

                                 Regulatory act reference

                                 As amended by and/or stage of implementation

                                 Applicable to variant or, if need be, to version

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 2

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate):

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                        (3)

                     Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                        (4)

                     See section 2.

                        (5)

                     Indicate the Member State.

                        (6)

                     Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                        (7)

                     Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                        (8)

                     Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                        (9)

                     In the case where the approval includes one or more incomplete variants or versions (as appropriate), list those variants or versions (as appropriate) which are complete or completed.

                        (10)

                     List only subjects referred to in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 whose approvals have been granted in accordance with Directive 97/68/EC or the UNECE regulations referred to in Article 49 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (UNECE approvals), or are based on complete test reports issued on the basis of the OECD standard Codes as an alternative to the test reports drawn up under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation.

         Appendix 3

            Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

            Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

            List of regulatory acts with which the type of vehicle complies

         To be filled in only in the case of type-approval in accordance with Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                     Item

                     Subject

                     Regulatory act reference

                     As amended by and/or stage of implementation

                     Applicable to version

                        VEHICLE FUNCTIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

                     1

                     Vehicle structure integrity

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex II

                     2

                     Maximum design speed, speed governors and speed limitation devices

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex III

                     3

                     Steering for fast tractors

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex IV

                     4

                     Steering

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex V

                     5

                     Speedometers

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VI

                     6

                     Field of vision and windscreen wipers

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VII

                     7

                     Glazing

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VIII

                     8

                     Rear-view mirrors

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex IX

                     9

                     Driver information systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex X

                     10

                     Lighting, light signalling devices and their light sources

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XI

                     11

                     Lighting installation

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XII

                     12

                     Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts, vehicle doors

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIII

                     13

                     Vehicle exterior and accessories

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIV

                     14

                     Electro-magnetic compatibility

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XV

                     15

                     Audible warning devices

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVI

                     16

                     Heating systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVII

                     17

                     Devices to prevent unauthorised use

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVIII

                     18

                     Registration plates

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIX

                     19

                     Statutory plates and markings

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XX

                     20

                     Dimensions and trailer masses

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXI

                     21

                     Maximum laden mass

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXII

                     22

                     Ballast masses

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIII

                     23

                     Safety of electrical systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIV

                     24

                     Fuel tanks

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXV

                     25

                     Rear protective structures

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVI

                     26

                     Lateral protection

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVII

                     27

                     Load platforms

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVIII

                     28

                     Towing devices

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIX

                     29

                     Tyres

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXX

                     30

                     Spray-suppression systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXI

                     31

                     Reverse gear

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXII

                     32

                     Tracks

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXIII

                     33

                     Mechanical couplings

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXIV

                        VEHICLE BRAKING REQUIREMENTS

                     34

                     Construction and fitting of braking devices and trailer braking couplings

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex I

                     35

                     Testing and performance of braking systems and trailer braking couplings and of vehicles fitted with them

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex II

                     36

                     Measurement of the response time

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex III

                     37

                     Energy sources and energy storage devices of braking systems and trailer braking couplings and to vehicles fitted with them

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex IV

                     38

                     Spring brakes and vehicles fitted with them

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex V

                     39

                     Parking braking systems equipped with a mechanical brake-cylinder locking device

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VI

                     40

                     Alternative test requirements for vehicles for which Type-I, Type-II or Type-III tests are not mandatory

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VII

                     41

                     Testing of inertia braking systems, braking devices and trailer braking couplings and of vehicles fitted with them as regards braking

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VIII

                     42

                     Vehicles with hydrostatic drive and their braking devices and braking systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex IX

                     43

                     Safety aspects of complex electronic vehicle control systems

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex X

                     44

                     Test procedures applying to anti-lock braking systems and to vehicles fitted with them

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XI

                     45

                     EBS of vehicles with compressed-air braking systems or of vehicles with data communication via pin 6 and 7 of ISO 7638 connector and to vehicles fitted with such EBS

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XII

                     46

                     Hydraulic connections of the single-line type and to vehicles fitted with them

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XIII

                        VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION AND GENERAL TYPE-APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS

                     47

                     Arrangements with regard to type-approval procedures, including the requirements relating to virtual testing

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex III

                     48

                     Arrangements with regard to conformity of production

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex IV

                     49

                     Access to repair and maintenance information

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex V

                     50

                     Roll-over protection structures (dynamic testing)

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VI

                     51

                     Roll-over protection structures (track-laying tractors)

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VII

                     52

                     Roll-over protection structures (static testing)

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VIII

                     53

                     Roll-over protection structures (front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex IX

                     54

                     Roll-over protection structures (rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex X

                     55

                     Falling objects protection structures

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XI

                     56

                     Passenger seats

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XII

                     57

                     Driver's exposure to noise level

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIII

                     58

                     Driving seat

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIV

                     59

                     Operating space and to access to the driving position

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XV

                     60

                     Power take-offs

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVI

                     61

                     Protection of drive components

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVII

                     62

                     Seat-belt anchorages

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVIII

                     63

                     Safety belts

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIX

                     64

                     Protection against penetrating objects

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XX

                     65

                     Exhaust system

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXI

                     66

                     Operator's manual

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXII

                     67

                     Control devices, including safety and reliability of control systems and emergency and automatic stop devices

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIII

                     68

                     Protection against other mechanical hazards

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIV

                     69

                     Guards and protective devices

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXV

                     70

                     Information warnings and markings

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVI

                     71

                     Materials and products

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVII

                     72

                     Batteries

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVIII

                     73

                     Protection against hazardous substances

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIX

                     74

                     Performance standards and assessment of technical services

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXX

                        ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

                     75

                     EU type-approval of a type of engine or engine family for an agricultural and forestry vehicle type as a separate technical unit regarding the pollutants emitted

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 Annex I

                     76

                     EU type-approval of an agricultural and forestry vehicle type equipped with an engine type or engine family regarding the pollutants emitted

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 Annex II

                     77

                     External sound emission

                     Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 Annex III

         Appendix 4

            Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system

            EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

               MODEL C

            (to be used for type-approval of a vehicle system)

         EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Stamp of approval authority
         Communication concerning:

                                 —

                                 EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 extension of EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 refusal of EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 withdrawal of EU type-approval (1)

                     of a type of system/a type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0)

               with regard to Annex(es) (7) … to Commission Delegated Regulation(s) (EU) (No) (1) …/…, (and Annex(es) … (7) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1) as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (6) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
         EU type-approval number (1): …
         Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …

            SECTION I

         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type: …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plant(s): …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
         2.4.   Vehicle(s) for which is intended for (8):
         2.4.1.   Type (2): …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (2): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (2): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …

            SECTION II

         1.   Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
         2.   Date of test report: …
         3.   Number of test report: …

            SECTION III

         The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0) described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the type of (0) … and that the attached test results apply to the type of (0) …
         1.   The type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0) and the component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) installed on the vehicle(s) (9) meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the relevant regulatory acts.
         2.   The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
         2.1.   The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy (6).
         3.   Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
         Place: …
         Date: …
         Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 99/93/EC, including data for verification): …
         Attachments:

                     Information package

                     Test report

            NB:

         If this model is used for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (4)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
         EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Section 2
         This EU type-approval concerns a type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0).
         Component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) to be installed on the vehicle type (8) to comply with the system type-approval:

                     Component/Separate technical unit (10)

                     alphanumerical character (10)

                     Type-approval number

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 4

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system):

                        (0)

                     Indicate the system, component or separate technical unit according to first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (e.g. installation of an engine/engine family)

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                        (3)

                     Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.

                        (4)

                     Indicate the Member State.

                        (5)

                     Applicable only for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                        (6)

                     Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                        (7)

                     The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                        (8)

                     Provide this information for each vehicle type.

                        (9)

                     See section 2.

                        (10)

                     In accordance with Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation.

         Appendix 5

            Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

            EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

               MODEL D

            (to be used for component/separate technical unit type-approval)

         EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
         Stamp of approval authority
         Communication concerning:

                                 —

                                 EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 extension of EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 refusal of EU type-approval (1)

                                 —

                                 withdrawal of EU type-approval (1)

                     of a type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0)

               with regard to Annex(es) … (5) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (and Annex(es) … (5) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1), as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (6) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
         EU type-approval number (1): …
         Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …

            SECTION I

         2.1.   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
         2.2.   Type: …
         2.2.1.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.3.   Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
         2.3.1.   Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plant(s): …
         2.3.2.   Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
         2.4.   In the case of separate technical unit, vehicle(s) for which is intended for (6):
         2.4.1.   Type (2) …
         2.4.2.   Variant(s) (2): …
         2.4.3.   Version(s) (2): …
         2.4.4.   Commercial name(s) (if available): …
         2.4.5.   Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
         2.6.   Location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark: …

            SECTION II

         1.   Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
         2.   Date of test report: …
         3.   Number of test report: …

            SECTION III

         The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0) described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the type of (0) … and that the attached test results apply to the type of (0) …
         1.   The type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0) meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the relevant regulatory acts.
         2.   The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
         2.1.   The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy (4).
         3.   Restrictions of validity (1) (4): …
         Place: …
         Date: …
         Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
         Attachments:

                     Information package

                     Test report

            NB:

         If this model is used for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (3)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 5

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component):

                        (0)

                     Indicate the component/separate technical unit according to first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (e.g. roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)).

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                        (3)

                     Indicate the Member State.

                        (4)

                     Applicable only for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                        (5)

                     The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                        (6)

                     Provide this information for each vehicle type.

         Appendix 6

            Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

            Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

         ADDENDUM TO THE EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE WITH TYPE-APPROVAL NUMBER …
         1.   Restriction of use of the (1)
             (2) … (3): …
         …
         …
         …
         2.   Special conditions for the mounting of the (1)
             (2) … (3): …
         …
         …
         …
         3.   Remarks (1): …
         …
         …
         …

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 6

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate):

            (1)  Delete where not applicable.

            (2)  Identify the component or separate technical unit according to the first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (EU) (e.g. roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)).

            (3)  In accordance with Article 26(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, indicate the restrictions of use and the special conditions for the mounting of the component/separate technical unit.

      ANNEX VI

         Numbering system of EU type-approval certificates

      1.   EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the method set out in this Annex.
      2.   The EU type-approval number shall consist of a total of four sections for whole-vehicle type-approvals and five sections for type-approval of systems, components, and separate technical units as detailed below. In all cases, the sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).
      2.1.   Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the EU type-approval, applicable for all type-approval numbers.

                  1

                  Germany

                  19

                  Romania

                  2

                  France

                  20

                  Poland

                  3

                  Italy

                  21

                  Portugal

                  4

                  The Netherlands

                  23

                  Greece

                  5

                  Sweden

                  24

                  Ireland

                  6

                  Belgium

                  25

                  Croatia

                  7

                  Hungary

                  26

                  Slovenia

                  8

                  Czech Republic

                  27

                  Slovakia

                  9

                  Spain

                  29

                  Estonia

                  11

                  United Kingdom

                  32

                  Latvia

                  12

                  Austria

                  34

                  Bulgaria

                  13

                  Luxembourg

                  36

                  Lithuania

                  17

                  Finland

                  49

                  Cyprus

                  18

                  Denmark

                  50

                  Malta

            2.2.   Section 2: The number of the applicable Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council or Commission Delegated Regulation.
      2.2.1.   In case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval ‘167/2013’ shall be indicated;
      2.2.2.   In the case of national small series whole-vehicle type-approvals in accordance with Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the letters NKS in block capitals shall precede the ‘167/2013’;
      2.2.3.   In the case of a system, component or separate technical unit type-approval, the number of the corresponding Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013: ‘2015/208’, ‘2015/68’, ‘1322/2014’ or ‘2015/96’ shall be indicated.
      2.3.   Section 3: the latest amending Commission Delegated Regulation (e.g. ‘RRR/2016’) followed by the identification code of the system, component or separate technical unit, the stage of implementation and/or the class of the device applicable to the type-approval according to Table 6-1.

                  —

                  In the case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval, section 3 shall be omitted;

            2.3.2.   In the case of EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, the number of the last amending Commission Delegated Regulation followed with an alphanumerical character as set out in Table 6-1 to clearly identify the type of system, component or separate technical unit shall be indicated.
      2.4.   Section 4: Sequential number for type-approval certificates.

                  —

                  A sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the type-approval number. The sequential number shall have five digits starting from ‘00001’.

            2.5.   Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension number of the type-approval:

                  —

                  a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each type-approval number issued.

            3.   On the vehicle's statutory plate(s) only, section 5 shall be omitted.
      4.   Lay-out of the type-approval numbers (with fictive sequential numbers and fictive amending Commission Delegated Regulation number (‘RRR/2016’) for explanation purposes)
      Example of a component unit type-approval of a tyre, which has not yet been extended, issued by France:

                  —

                  e2*2015/208*2015/208M*00003*00

                              —

                              =

                              e2

                              =

                              France (section 1)

                              —

                              =

                              2015/208

                              =

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              2015/208M

                              =

                              repeat the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 to denote that it has not been amended and the letter ‘M’ to indicate that is a tyre (section 3)

                              —

                              =

                              00003

                              =

                              type-approval sequential number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              00

                              =

                              extension number (section 5)

            Example of a vehicle system type-approval of an installation of an engine/engine family, amended by another Commission Delegated Regulation RRR/2016 which has been extended twice, issued by Bulgaria:

                  —

                  e34*2015/96*RRR/2016A*00403*02

                              —

                              =

                              e34

                              =

                              Bulgaria (section 1)

                              —

                              =

                              2015/96

                              =

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              RRR/2016A

                              =

                              amending Commission Delegated Regulationn number (RRR/2016) and the letter ‘A’ to indicate that is an installation of an engine/engine family (section 3)

                              —

                              =

                              00403

                              =

                              type-approval sequential number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              02

                              =

                              extension number (section 5)

            Example of a national small series whole vehicle type-approval, which has been extended once, issued by Austria and granted in accordance with Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013:

                  —

                  e12*NKS167/2013*00001*01

                              —

                              =

                              e12

                              =

                              Austria (section 1)

                              —

                              =

                              NKS167/2013

                              =

                              Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 precede by the national small-series denominator (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              00001

                              =

                              type-approval sequential number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              01

                              =

                              extension number (section 5)

            Example of a whole vehicle type-approval number, which has been extended five times, issued by the Netherlands:

                  —

                  e4*167/2013*10690*05

                              —

                              =

                              e4

                              =

                              the Netherlands (section 1) 167/2013 Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              167/2013

                              =

                              Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              10690

                              =

                              type-approval sequential number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              05

                              =

                              extension number (section 5)

         Table 6-1

         Codification for the numbering system of EU type-approval certificates of systems, components and separate technical units

         LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)

                  alphanumerical character

                  System: installation of an engine/engine family

                  2015/96

                  A

                  System: external sound level

                  2015/96

                  B

                  Component/STU: engine/engine family

                  2015/96

                  C

         LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)

                  alphanumerical character

                  System: driver information

                  2015/208

                  D

                  System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices

                  2015/208

                  E

                  System: electro-magnetic compatibility

                  2015/208

                  F

                  System: installation of audible warning device(s)

                  2015/208

                  G

                  System: installation of rear-view mirrors

                  2015/208

                  H

                  System: installation of crawler undercarriage

                  2015/208

                  I

                  STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies

                  2015/208

                  J

                  Component/STU: ballast masses

                  2015/208

                  K

                  Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure

                  2015/208

                  L

                  Component: tyre

                  2015/208

                  M

                  Component/STU: mechanical coupling (dynamic test method)

                  2015/208

                  ND

                  Component/STU: mechanical coupling (static test method)

                  2015/208

                  NS

         LIST III — Vehicle braking requirements

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)

                  alphanumerical character

                  System: braking

                  2015/68

                  P

         LIST IV — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements

                  System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No

                  alphanumerical character

                  System: driver's exposure to noise level

                  1322/2014

                  R

                  System: seat belt anchorages

                  1322/2014

                  S

                  System: protection against hazardous substances

                  1322/2014

                  T

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U1

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (track-laying tractors)

                  1322/2014

                  U2

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (static testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U3

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted narrow-track tractors, static testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U4S

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted narrow-track tractors, dynamic testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U4D

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted narrow-track tractors, static testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U5S

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted narrow-track tractors, dynamic testing)

                  1322/2014

                  U5D

                  STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)

                  1322/2014

                  V

                  Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class I)

                  1322/2014

                  W1

                  Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class II)

                  1322/2014

                  W2

                  Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class III)

                  1322/2014

                  W3

                  Component/STU: driver's seat (Category B)

                  1322/2014

                  W4

                  Component/STU: safety belts

                  1322/2014

                  X

                  STU: protection against penetrating objects

                  1322/2014

                  Y

      ANNEX VII

         Template for the test results sheet

      1.   General requirements

      1.1.   The type-approval authority shall provide and attach to the EU type-approval certificate, in accordance with Article 25(3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the test results sheet which shall take the form set out in Appendix 1 to this Annex.
      1.2.   In each case, the information must make clear to which variant and version it is applicable. One version may not have more than one result. However, a combination of several results per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In the latter case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst case results are given.

         Appendix 1

            Model of the test results sheet

            EU TEST RESULTS SHEET

               MODEL

            Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

         TEST RESULTS

            (to be completed by the EU type-approval authority and attached to the EU type-approval certificate)

         1.   Results of the sound level test (external):

         Measured according to Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (3)

                     Variant/version:

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     Moving:

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     Stationary:

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     Engine speed:

                     … min– 1

                     … min– 1

                     … min– 1

               2.   Results of the exhaust emission tests

         Measured according to:

                     —

                     Annex I to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (3): yes/no (1);

                     —

                     Annex XII to Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, as last amended by (Commission) (1) Directive No …/…/EU (1) (4): yes/no (1);

                     —

                     Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (5) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1): yes/no (1); or

                     —

                     Annex 4B to UNECE Regulation No 96.04 series of amendments (OJ L 88, 22.3.2014, p. 1): yes/no (1).

               2.1.   NRSC/ESC/WHSC (1) final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor):

                     Variant/Version

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     Stage

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     CO

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     HC

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     NOx (6)

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     HC+NOx

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     PM

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     CO2

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

               2.2.   NRTC/ETC/WHTC (1) final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor and weighted average of hot start and cold start transient cycles) (2):

                     Variant/Version

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     Stage

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     CO

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     HC

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     NOx

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     NMHC

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     CH4

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     PM

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     NRTC hot cycle CO2

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     … g/kWh

                     NRTC hot cycle work

                     … kWh

                     … kWh

                     … kWh

                     Cycle work for hot start w/o regeneration

                     … kWh

                     … kWh

                     … kWh

               3.   Driver-perceived sound level

         Measured according to Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (3)

                     Variant/version:

                     …

                     …

                     …

                     Driver's exposure to noise level

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     … dB(A)

                     Test method used:

                     Test method 1 in accordance with section 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 (1)

                     —

                     —

                     —

                     Test method 2 in accordance with: section 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 (1)

               4.   Braking performance

         Measured according to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (3)

                     Axles of the vehicle

                     Reference axles

                     Static mass (P)

                     Braking force needed at wheels

                     Speed

                     Test mass
                     Pe = Fe/g

                     Braking force developed at wheels

                     Speed

                     kg

                     N

                     Km/h

                     kg

                     N

                     km/h

                     Axle 1
                     Axle 2
                     Axle 3
                     Axle 4

                     Brake force T per axle (N)

                     Type-I

                     Type-III

                     Axle 1
                     Axle 2
                     Axle 3

                     T1 = … % Fe
                     T2 = … % Fe
                     T3 = … % Fe

                     T1 = … % Fe
                     T2 = … % Fe
                     T3 = … % Fe

               Predicted actuator stroke (mm)

                     Axle 1
                     Axle 2
                     Axle 3

                     s1 = …
                     s2 = …
                     s3 = …

                     s1 = …
                     s2 = …
                     s3 = …

                     Average output thrust ThA (N)

                     Axle 1
                     Axle 2
                     Axle 3

                     ThA1 = …
                     ThA2 = …
                     ThA3 = …

                     ThA1 = …
                     ThA2 = …
                     ThA3 = …

               Braking performance (N)

                     Axle 1
                     Axle 2
                     Axle 3

                     T1 = …
                     T2 = …
                     T3 = …

                     T1 = …
                     T2 = …
                     T3 = …

                     Braking performance of vehicle

                     Type-0 subject towed vehicle test result (E)

                     Type-I hot
                     (predicted)

                     Type-III hot
                     (predicted)

                     Hot performance requirements for Type-I, Type-II or Type-III tests

                     ≥ 0,36 vmax > 30 km/h
                     or
                     ≥ 0,26 vmax ≤ 30 km/h
                     and
                     ≥ 0,60 E

                     ≥ 0,40
                     and
                     ≥ 0,60 E

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the test results sheet):

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Delete the entry if not applicable.

                        (3)

                     Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                        (4)

                     Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Directive 97/68/EC, according to the amendment applied for the EC type-approval.

                        (5)

                     Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 595/2009, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                        (6)

                     (Do not indicate the NOx value if the test report states only the value of the combination NOx + HC.)

      ANNEX VIII

         Format of test reports

      1.   General requirements for the format of the test reports

      1.1.   For each of the regulatory acts listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the template of the test reports shall be drawn up by the approval authority in accordance with its rules of good practice.
      1.2.   The format shall be designed to accommodate each type of test carried out and to minimise the possibility of misunderstanding or misuse. Especial attention should be given with regard to the presentation of the test data and ease of assimilation by the reader.
      1.2.1.   The headings should be standardised as far as possible.
      1.3.   The test report shall be drafted in one or more of the official Union languages determined by the approval authority.
      1.3.1.   Where a test has been carried out in a Member State other than the one handling the approval application, the approval authority may require the applicant to provide a certified translation of the test report.
      1.4.   Only authenticated copies of a test report shall be submitted.
      1.5.   If calibration is required for performing the tests, the corresponding calibration certificate(s) shall be appended to the test reports. The calibration certificate(s) shall comply with the provisions laid down in point 5.10 (Reporting the results) of Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 (General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories).
      2.   Requirements for the content of the test reports

      The test reports shall include the following information:
      2.1.   a title (e.g. ‘Test Report on …’);
      2.2.   the name and address of the technical service, and the location where the tests and/or calibrations were carried out, if different from the address of the technical service;
      2.3.   an unique identification of the test report or calibration certificate (such as the serial number), and on each page an identification in order to ensure that the page is recognised as a part of the test report or calibration certificate, and a clear identification of the end of the test report or calibration certificate;
      2.3.1.   hard copies of test reports and calibration certificates should also include the page number and total number of pages;
      2.4.   a statement specifying that the test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the technical service;
      2.5.   general information concerning vehicles, as laid down in section 1 of the information document data entries laid down in point 5 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation;
      2.5.1.   The information must indicate the variant and/or version to which it applies. One version shall not have more than one test result. However, a combination of several test results per version, indicating the worst case, is permissible. In this case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst-case results are given.
      2.6.   general information concerning the system(s), component(s) or separate technical unit(s) tested vehicles, as laid down in section 2 of the information document data entries laid down in point 5 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation;
      2.7.   the identification number and description of the parts and equipment having a significant influence role in determining the test results;
      2.8.   identification of the test method used;
      2.8.1.   the date of receipt of the test or calibration item(s) where this is critical to the validity and application of the results, and the date(s) of performance of the test or calibration;
      2.9.   ambient conditions influencing the test: atmospheric pressure (kPa); relative humidity (%); ambient temperature (K); wind speed and direction on test track (km/h), etc.;
      2.10.   condition of the vehicle influencing the test, such as fitted accessories; actual masses; test voltage; tyre sizes; tyre pressures; etc.;
      2.11.   detailed description of the characteristics of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit tested having relevant impact on the test results;
      2.12.   when the tests are conducted on a vehicle, system, component or technical unit which combines a number of least favourable features concerning the required performance level (the worst-case), the test report shall include a reference stating how the selection was made by the manufacturer in agreement with the technical service;
      2.13.   the measurement results specified in the relevant regulatory acts and, where required, the limits or thresholds to be met and the units of measurement;
      2.14.   with regard to each measurement mentioned in point 2.12, the relevant decision: passed or failed;
      2.15.   where relevant, a statement to the effect that the results relate only to the items tested or calibrated;
      2.16.   a detailed statement of compliance with the various provisions to be met, i.e. provisions for which measurements were not required;
      2.17.   when test methods other than those prescribed in the regulatory acts are permitted, the report shall describe the test method used. The same applies when alternative provisions to those in the regulatory acts may be applied;
      2.18.   the number of photographs to be taken during testing shall be decided by the approval authority. In the case of virtual testing, screen prints or other suitable evidence may replace photographs;
      2.19.   Technical service responsible for carrying out the test and the name(s), function(s) and signature(s) or equivalent identification of person(s) authorising the test report;
      2.20.   Conclusions drawn up;
      2.21.   when opinions, assumptions and interpretations have been made, the technical service shall document the basis upon which the opinions and interpretations have been made and they shall be documented properly and marked as such in the test report;
      2.21.1.   where necessary for the interpretation of the test results, include the following:

                  (a)

                  deviations from, additions to, or exclusions from the test method, and information on specific test;

                  (b)

                  where relevant, a statement of compliance/non-compliance with requirements and/or specifications;

                  (c)

                  where applicable, a statement on the estimated uncertainty of measurement; information on uncertainty is needed in test reports when it is relevant to the validity or application of the test results, when a manufacturer's instruction so requires, or when the uncertainty affects compliance to a specification limit;

                  (d)

                  where appropriate and needed, opinions and interpretations, in accordance with point 2.21.2;

                  (e)

                  any additional information.

            2.21.2.   Opinions and interpretations included in a test report may comprise, but not be limited to, the following:

                  (a)

                  an opinion on the statement of compliance/noncompliance of the results with the requirements;

                  (b)

                  recommendations on how to use the results;

                  (c)

                  guidance to be used for improvements;

                  (d)

                  in case that the opinions and interpretations communicated by direct dialogue with the manufacturer, such dialogue should be written down.

            3.   Special provisions

      3.1.   With regard to technical requirements set out in the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and based on

                  (a)

                  UNECE Regulations, e.g. UNECE Regulation No 13 on uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles of categories M, N and O with regard to braking (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 1),

                  (b)

                  OECD standard codes for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, e.g. OECD Code 7 for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, or

                  (c)

                  EN/ISO standards, e.g. EN 15695-1 on cab classification, requirements and test procedures for protection of the driver against hazardous substances,

            test reports shall contain the same technical information and shall display it in the same order as in the templates of the test reports set out in the UNECE Regulation, OECD Code and EN/ISO standard.
      3.2.   Test reports issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Directive 97/68/EC, Regulation (EU) No 595/2009, Directive 2007/46/EC or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation shall be accepted for the purposes of type-approval under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 for the following components and separate technical units under the conditions indicated in Table 8-1:

         Table 8-1

         Test reports of components and separate units that can be presented when applying for type-approvals under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013

                  Component/STU

                  Conditions of acceptance

                  Component/STU: engine/engine family

                  Test report issued under Directive 2000/25 (1) as last amended by Commission Directive 2014/43/EU (2);
                  Test report issued under Directive 97/68/EC as amended by Commission Directive 2012/46/EU (3),
                  Test report issued under Regulation (EC) No 595/2009, and
                  Test report issued under Annex 4B to UNECE Regulation No 96.04 series of amendments (OJ L 88, 22.3.2014, p. 1)

                  STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies

                  Test report issued under Directive 2009/64/EC (4), as far as the testing equipment has been updated in:

                              —

                              Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles

                              —

                              Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from electronic sub-assemblies

                        The measuring equipment and test site shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1 series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR)

                              —

                              Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles

                              —

                              Antenna calibration may be according to the method described in CISPR publication No 12, Edition 6, Annex C, and

                        Test report issued under UNECE R10, 04 series of amendments, Corrigendum 1 to the Revision 4, supplement 1 to the 04 series of amendments (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1)

                  Component/STU: ballast masses

                  Test report issued under Directive 2009/63/EC (5)

                  Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure

                  Test report issued under Directive 89/297/EC (6) (O3- and O4-category vehicles),
                  Test report issued under UNECE R73, 01 series of amendments (O3- and O4-category vehicles) (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1), and
                  Test report issued under Directive 70/221/EEC (7), as amended by Commission Directive 2006/20/EC (8) (O-category vehicles)

                  Component/STU: mechanical coupling

                  Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC (9):

                              —

                              Dynamic or Static test method only accepted for vehicles with ‘a’ speed index: maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h.

                              —

                              Dynamic test method accepted for vehicles with ‘b’ speed index: maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h)

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)

                  Test report issued under the OECD standard code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2012 of Fe2012

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (track-laying tractors)

                  Test reports issued under the OECD standard code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2012 of February 2012

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (static testing)

                  Test reports issued under the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2012 of February 2012

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)

                  Test reports in conformity with the OECD standard code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2012 of February 2012

                  STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)

                  Test reports in conformity with the OECD standard code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2012 of February 2012

                  STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)

                  Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC as amended by Commission Directive 2010/52/EU (10) or OECD standard code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors Code 10 — Edition 2009 of February 2009

                  Component/STU: driver's seat

                  Test report issued under Council Directive 78/764/EEC (11) as amended by Commission Directive 1999/57/EC (12)

                  Component/STU: safety belts

                  Test report issued under UNECE Regulation No 16 Supplement 1 to the 06 series of amendments (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1)

                  STU: protection against penetrating objects (OPS)

                  Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC as amended by Commission Directive 2010/52/EU, and
                  Test report issued under UNECE Regulation No 43 Supplement 12 to the 00 series of amendments, Annex 14 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119)

         (1)  Directive 2000/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2000 on action to be taken against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants by engines intended to power agricultural or forestry tractors and amending Council Directive 74/150/EEC (OJ L 173, 12.7.2000, p. 1).

         (2)  Commission Directive 2014/43/EU of 18 March 2014 amending Annexes I, II and III to Directive 2000/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on action to be taken against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants by engines intended to power agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 82, 20.3.2014, p. 12).

         (3)  Commission Directive 2012/46/EU of 6 December 2012 amending Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery (OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p. 80).

         (4)  Directive 2009/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the suppression of radio interference produced by agricultural or forestry tractors (electromagnetic compatibility) (OJ L 216, 20.8.2009, p. 1).

         (5)  Directive 2009/63/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on certain parts and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 241, 19.8.2009, p. 23).

         (6)  Council Directive 89/297/EEC of 13 April 1989 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the lateral protection (side guards) of certain motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 124, 13.4.1989, p. 1).

         (7)  Council Directive 70/221/EEC of 20 March 1970 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to liquid fuel tanks and rear protective devices for motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 23).

         (8)  Commission Directive 2006/20/EC of 17 February 2006 amending, for the purposes of its adaptation to technical progress, Council Directive 70/221/EEC concerning fuel tanks and rear underrun protection of motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 48, 18.2.2006, p. 16).

         (9)  Directive 2009/144/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on certain components and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 27, 30.1.2010, p. 33).

         (10)  Commission Directive 2010/52/EU of 11 August 2010 amending, for the purposes of adaptation of their technical provisions, Council Directive 76/763/EEC relating to passenger seats for wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors and Directive 2009/144/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on certain components and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 213, 13.8.2010, p. 37).

         (11)  Council Directive 78/764/EEC of 25 July 1978 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the driver's seat on wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 255, 18.9.1978, p. 1).

         (12)  Commission Directive 1999/57/EC of 7 June 1999 adapting to technical progress Council Directive 78/764/EEC relating to the driver's seat on wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 148, 15.6.1999, p. 35).

      ANNEX IX

         List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

         Table 9-1

                  I.

                  Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety, and/or functional safety and/or braking performance

                  Item No

                  Item description

                  Performance requirement

                  Test procedure

                  Marking requirement

                  Packaging requirements

                  001

                  […]

                  002

                  003

         Table 9-2

                  II.

                  Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle

                  Item No

                  Item description

                  Performance requirement

                  Test procedure

                  Marking requirement

                  Packaging requirements

                  001

                  […]

                  002

                  003

      ANNEX X

         Template for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

      1.   General requirements

                  1.1.

                  The placing on the market of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall be subject to authorisation in accordance with Article 46(3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

                  1.2.

                  Such authorisation shall take the form of a certificate, a model of which is contained in Appendix 1.

                  1.3.

                  The certificate referred to in point 1.2 shall include prescriptions for construction safety, functional safety and braking performance, as well as for environmental protection and, where needed, for testing standards. They may be based on the Commission Delegated Regulations listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, may be developed according to the relevant state of safety, environmental and testing technology, or, if this is an appropriate way of achieving the required safety or environmental objectives, may consist of a comparison of the part or equipment with the environmental or safety performance of the original vehicle, or of any of its parts, as appropriate.

                  1.4.

                  This Annex shall not be applicable to a part or piece of equipment before it is listed in Annex IX. For any entry or group of entries in Annex IX, a reasonable transitional period shall be fixed to allow the manufacturer of the part or equipment to apply for and obtain an authorisation. At the same time a date may be fixed, where appropriate, to exclude parts and equipment designed for vehicles type-approved before that date from the application of this Annex.

         Appendix 1

            Model of the EU type-approval authorisation certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

            EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE

               MODEL

            Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

         EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE
         Stamp of approval authority
         Communication concerning the

                                 —

                                 authorisation certificate (1)

                                 —

                                 extension of authorisation certificate (1)

                                 —

                                 refusal of authorisation certificate (1)

                                 —

                                 withdrawal of authorisation certificate (1)

                     for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance

            SECTION I

         Kind of part/equipment (1) …
         Part/equipment (1) numbers: …
         EU authorisation certificate number: …
         Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
         Name and address of manufacturer: …
         Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
         Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …

            SECTION II

         The part/equipment (1) is specifically intended for installation on the following vehicle(s):
         Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
         Type(s) (2): …
         Variant(s) (2) …
         Version(s) (2): …

            SECTION III

         Prescriptions for:

                     (a)

                     vehicle construction safety (1): …

                     (b)

                     vehicle functional safety (1): …

                     (c)

                     vehicle braking performance (1): …

                     (d)

                     vehicle environmental protection (1): …

                     (e)

                     testing standards (1): …

            SECTION IV

         Prescriptions based on:

                     (a)

                     Annex(es) … (3) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (and Annex(es) … (3) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1), as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (4) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)

                     (b)

                     a comparison of the part/equipment (1) with the safety/environmental (1) performance of the original vehicle/parts of the original vehicle (1) (explain) (1): …
                     …

            SECTION V — TECHNICAL SERVICE

         Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
         Date of test report: …
         Number of test report: …

            SECTION VI

         The part/equipment (1) does not/does (1) impair the functioning of those systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environmental performance.
         The authorisation certificate is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
         Place: …
         Date: …
         Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
         …
         Attachments:
         Test report

            Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1

            (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval authorisation certificate):

                        (1)

                     Delete where not applicable.

                        (2)

                     Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.

                        (3)

                     The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                        (4)

                     Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

      ANNEX XI

         Numbering system of certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

      1.   Numbering system

      1.1.   The number of the certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems shall consist of a total of five sections as detailed below. The sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).
      1.1.1.   Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State (given in point 2.1 of Annex VI) issuing the certificate.
      1.1.2.   Section 2: The number of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, ‘167/2013’, shall be indicated.
      1.1.3.   Section 3: The identification of the part or component, according to the list in Annex IX:

                  1.1.3.1.

                  for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety and/or functional safety and/or braking performance, this means the symbol ‘I’ followed by the ‘/’ character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from Table 9-1 in Annex IX. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’;

                  1.1.3.2.

                  for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle, this means the symbol ‘II’ followed by the ‘/’ character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from Table 9-2 in Annex IX. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.

            1.1.4.   Section 4: Sequential number for the certificate.

                  —

                  a sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the certificate number. The sequential number shall have four digits and start from ‘0001’.

            1.1.5.   Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension level of the certificate.

                  —

                  a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each certificate number issued.

            1.2.   Format of the numbering of a certificate (with fictive sequence numbers for explanation purposes).
      Example of the number of a certificate issued by Bulgaria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, which has been extended two times:

                  —

                  e34*167/2013*II/002*048*02

                              —

                              =

                              e34

                              =

                              Bulgaria (section 1)

                              —

                              =

                              167/2013

                              =

                              base Regulation number (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              II/002

                              =

                              Item 2 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle (section 3)

                              —

                              =

                              048

                              =

                              certificate sequence number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              02

                              =

                              certificate extension number (section 5)

            Example of the number of a certificate issued by Austria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, which has been extended once:

                  —

                  e12*167/2013*I/034*325*01

                              —

                              =

                              e12

                              =

                              Austria (section 1)

                              —

                              =

                              167/2013

                              =

                              base Regulation number (section 2)

                              —

                              =

                              I/034

                              =

                              Item 34 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety and/or functional safety and/or braking performance (section 3)

                              —

                              =

                              325

                              =

                              certificate sequence number (section 4)

                              —

                              =

                              01

                              =

                              certificate extension number (section 5)